Skip to main content

Full text of "The viability of acoustic tomography in monitoring the circulation of Monterey Bay"

See other formats


POSTGRADUATE  SCHOOL    txrpc  ^  Qn  nm 
|AEY.  CALIFORNIA  93940     Lf^^f^^^     ' 


NAVAL  POSTGRADUATE  SCHOOL 

"  Monterey,  California 


The  Viability  of  Acoustic  Tomography  in 

Monitoring  the  Circulation  of 

Monterey  Bay 

by 

James  H.  Miller,  Laura  L.  Ehret, 
Robert  C.  Dees  and  Theresa  M.  Rowan 


October  1989  to  December  1989 


Approved  for  public  release;  distribution  unlimited. 


Prepared  for: 

Monterey  Bay  Aquarium  Research  Institute 
Pacific  Grove,  CA  93950 


FEDDOCS 
D  208.14/2 

NPS-62-90-003 


H.™  I  CA  93W  101       NAVAL  POSTGRADUATE  SCHOOL 

MON.cru-f  ^  Monterey,  CA 

Rear  Admiral  R.W.  West,  Jr.  H.  Shull 

Superintendent  ProvoSt 


This  report  was  prepared  for  the  Monterey  Bay  Aquarium  Research  Institute 
(MBARI)  and  funded  by  MBARI,  the  Office  of  Naval  Research,  and  the  Naval 
Postgraduate  School  Research  Council. 

Reproduction  of  this  report  is  authorized. 


Inclassified 

ecurity  Classification  of  this  page 


REPORT  DOCUMENTATION  PAGE 


a  Report  Security  Classification  Unclassified 


lb    Restrictive  Markings 


a   Security  Classification  Authority 


b    Declassification/Downgrading  Schedule 


3      Distribution  Availability  of  Report 

Approved  for  public  release;  distribution  is  unlimited 


Performing  Organization  Report  Number(s) 


5     Monitoring  Organization  Report  Number(s) 


a  Name  of  Performing  Organization 

sTaval  Postgraduate  School 


6b  Office  Symbol 
(If  Applicable)   62 


7  a  Name  of  Monitoring  Organization 

Naval  Postgraduate  School 


c  Address  (city,  state,  and  ZIP  code) 

Monterey,  CA  93943-5000 


7  b  Address  (city,  state,  and  ZIP  code) 

Monterey,  CA  93943-5000 


a    Name  of  Funding/Sponsoring  Organization 


8b  Office  Symbol 
(If  Applicable) 


9     Procurement  Instrument  Identification  Number 


c   Address  (city,  state,  and  ZIP  code) 


1 0    Source  of  Funding  Numbers 


Progrim    Element   Number  I  Project  No    I  Task  No    I  Work  Unit  Accession  No 


l  Title  (include  Security  Classification)  The  Viability  of  Acoustic  Tomography  in  Monitoring  the  Circulation  of 
>lonterey  Bay 


2  Personal  Author(s)  James  H.  Miller,  Laura  L.  Ehret,  Robert  C.  Dees,  and  Theresa  M.  Rowan 


3  a  Type  of  Report 

echnical  Report 


13b  Time  Covered 

From  Oct  88         To    Dec  89 


1 4   Date  of  Report  (year,  monlh.day)  1  5  Page  Count 

[December  29^  1989                            200 
6  Supplementary  Notation  The  views  expressed  in  this  thesis  are  those  of  the  authors  and  do  not  reflect  the 
(fficial  policy  or  position  of  the  Department  of  Defense  or  the  U.S.  Government. 


Cosati  Codes 


lcld     Group 


Subgroup 


1  8    Subject  Terms  (continue  on  reverse  if  necessary  and  identify  by  block  number) 

Acoustic  Tomography,  Underwater  Acoustics 


9    Abstract  (continue  on  reverse  if  necessary  and  identify  by  block  number 

This  report  presents  the  results  of  a  fifteen  month  study  on  the  viability  of  acoustic  tomography  in 
nonitoring  the  circulation  of  Monterey  Bay,  California.  The  basis  for  ocean  acoustic  tomography  is  the 
neasurement  of  travel  times  of  coded  acoustic  signals  between  the  transceivers.  The  sound  speed  field  and 
urrent  structure  can  be  inferred  from  the  fluctuations  in  the  travel  times.  However,  the  extreme  bathymetry 
if  the  Monterey  Submarine  Canyon  complicates  the  acoustic  transmissions  in  the  Bay.  The  study 
•onsisted  of  an  experiment  and  a  computer  modeling  effort.  The  experiment  consisted  of  transmitting 
omography  signals  in  the  Bay  for  four  days.  The  signals  were  received  with  a  sonobuoy-based  telemetry 
ystem.  The  experimental  effort  showed  multipath  arrivals  that  were  stable  and  resolvable.  The  modeling 
effort  involved  the  use  of  2-D  and  3-D  ray  tracing  computer  programs.  The  programs  had  difficulty  in 
nodeling  the  effects  of  Monterey  Bay's  extreme  bathymetry  making  the  multipath  identification  challenging. 
Progress  is  expected  with  the  augmentation  of  the  ray  tracing  programs  with  Gaussian  beam  and  time  front 
)ostprocessors. 


u    Distribution/Availability  of  Abstract 
[X  |    unclassified/unlimited  same  as  report 


DTIC  users 


2  1      Abstract  Security  Classification 

Unclassified 


2a  Name  of  Responsible  Individual 

ames  H.  Miller 


22b    Telephone  (Include  Area  code) 

(408)  646-2384 


)D  FORM  1473.  84  MAR 


22c  Office  Symbol 

62Mr 


83  APR  edition  may  be  used  until  exhausted 
All  other  editions  are  obsolete 


security  classification  of  this  page 

Unclassified 


Abstract 

This  report  presents  the  results  of  a  fifteen  month  study  on  the  viability  of 
acoustic  tomography  in  monitoring  the  circulation  of  Monterey  Bay,  Cal- 
ifornia. The  basis  for  ocean  acoustic  tomography  is  the  measurement  of 
travel  times  of  coded  acoustic  signals  between  the  transceivers.  The  sound 
speed  field  and  current  structure  can  be  inferred  from  the  fluctuations  in  the 
travel  times.  However,  the  extreme  bathymetry  of  the  Monterey  Submarine 
Canyon  complicates  the  acoustic  transmissions  in  the  Bay.  The  study  con- 
sisted of  an  experiment  and  a  computer  modeling  effort.  The  experiment 
consisted  of  transmitting  tomography  signals  in  the  Bay  for  four  days.  The 
signals  were  received  with  a  sonobuoy-based  telemetry  system.  The  exper- 
imental effort  showed  multipath  arrivals  that  were  stable  and  resolvable. 
The  modeling  effort  involved  the  use  of  2-D  and  3-D  ray  tracing  computer 
programs.  The  programs  had  difficulty  in  modeling  the  effects  of  Monterey 
Bay's  extreme  bathymetry  making  the  multipath  identification  challenging. 
Progress  is  expected  with  the  augmentation  of  the  ray  tracing  programs  with 
Gaussian  beam  and  time  front  postprocessors. 


DUD'EYWOXLIBFV 

NAV,    <=    SrGRADUAT   *CHOOL 

MOh.a-wf  CA  9394o-  101 


Contents 


1  Introduction  11 

1.1  The  Original  Concept     12 

1.2  Results  of  the  study     13 

1.3  Report  Overview 16 

2  Background  17 

2.1  Ocean  Acoustic  Tomography 17 

2.1.1  The  Forward  Problems IS 

2.1.2  The  Inverse  Problem 21 

2.1.3  Discussion 22 

2.2  Monterey  Bay 23 

2.2.1  Bathymetry 23 

2.2.2  Geology  and  Sediments     2G 

2.2.3  Currents 30 

2.2.4  Temperature  and  Salinity  Variations 33 

2.2.5  Tides     35 

2.2.G      Surface  Waves     35 

2.2.7      Internal  Waves  and  Canyon  Currents 37 

3  Experimental  Effort  43 

3.1  Experiment  Objectives 43 

3.1.1  Location  and  Description 44 

3. 1.2  Receiver  Placement      46 

3.2  Equipment 47 

3.2.1  Transmitter 47 

3.2.2  Receivers 49 

3.2  3      Acoustic  Data  Recording     40 

3.2.4  NDBC  Wave  Measurement  and  ARGOS  buoys  ....  51 

3.2.5  Sound  Speed  Profile  Measurement     54 


3.2.6      Acoustic  Doppler  Current  Profiler     55 

3.3  Summary  of  the  Experimental  Procedure     55 

3.4  Signal  Processing 56 

34.1  Signal  design 56 

3.4.2  Signal  demodulation  and  correlation  system 60 

3.4.3  Travel  time  estimation 64 

3.4.4  Summary  of  signal  processing 66 

3.5  Experimental  Results 67 

351      General  Summary  of  Data 67 

35.2  Station  J  Data 69 

3.53  Analysis  of  Arrival  Time  Fluctuations  at  Surface  Wave 
Frequencies 74 

3.54  Analysis  of  Arrival  Time  Fluctuations  at  Internal  Wave 
Frequencies 81 

3  5  5      Summary  of  experimental  results 81 

4     Modeling  Effort  8G 

4.1  The  Multiple  Profile  Ray-Tracing  Program     86 

4.1.1  Description 8G 

4.1.2  Program  Flow      87 

4.1.3  MPP  Input/Output     93 

4.2  3-D  Ray  Tracing  with  HARPO ' 109 

4.2.1  Hamiltoiuan  Ray  Tracing 110 

4.2.2  Application Ill 


o 


Conclusions  11G 


A    MPP  Data  118 

A  1     Bathymetry  Data  for  Receiver  Locations 118 

A. 2    MPP  Ray  Traces  and  Stick  Plots 125 

B    Chronologic  Summary  of  Events  in  the  1988  Monterey  Bay 
Experiment  142 

B.l     12  December  1988     142 

B.2     13  December  1988     142 

B.3     14  December  1988     144 

B.4     15  December  1988     144 

B.5     10  December  1988     145 

B.G    Data  Disposition 140 


C    Maximal-length  Sequences  and  the  Fast  Hadamard  Trans- 
form 147 

C.l    Introduction 147 

C2    Generating  the  M-sequence 148 

C.3    The  Hadamard  Matrix 150 

C.4    Input  and  Output  Vector  Order  Permutation 152 

C5    The  Fast  Hadamard  Transform 154 

C.6    Using  the  Reverse  Code 156 

C7    Correlation  Procedure 156 

C8    Example 158 

C.9    Summary 158 

D    Additional  Data  for  Station  J  160 

D.l    Hadamard  Transformed  Acoustic  Signal 160 

D.2    Arrival  Time  and  Surface  Wave  Spectra 187 

Initial  Distribution  List  199 


List  of  Figures 


1.1  Possible  Monterey  Bay  tomography  transceiver  locations.     .   .     14 

1.2  An  example  of  the  multipaths  between  tomography  source 

and  receiver  in  Monterey  Bay 15 

2.1  (top)  Several  transmitters  (T)  and  receivers  (R)  give  many 
ray  paths  as  viewed  from  above,  (bottom)  Each  slice  may  con- 
tain numerous  eigenrays  connecting  the  transmitters  and  re- 
ceivers. This  diagram  is  from  a  1983  experiment  near  Bermuda.    19 

2.2  Monterey  Bay.  California 24 

2.3  Distribution  of  sediment  types  in  Monterey  Bay 26 

2.4  Offshore  surficial  geologic  map  of  Monterey  Bay 29 

2.5  Monterey  Bay  seasonal  current  patterns , 32 

2.6  Mean  temperature  and  salinity  variation  at  the  mouth  of 
Monterey  Bay  (station  3)  and  CalCOFI  station  during  1950- 
19G2 34 

2.7  Monterey  Bay  tidal  pattern 3C 

2.8  North  Monterey  Bay  buoy,  December  1987,  wave  energy  data.     3S 

2.9  North  Monterey  Bay  buoy.  December  1987.  wave  energy  spec- 
tra graph 39 

2.10  Temperature  distribution  at  (a)  high  and  (b)  low  internal 
tide,  Monterey  Canyon  axis,  13-14  September  1979 41 

3.1  Monterey  Bay  showing  the  positions  of  the  tomography  source 
and  receivers  (positions  marked  with  •).  The  source  is  at 
station  A  while  all  others  are  receivers.  The  shore  station  is 
marked  with  A 45 

3.2  The  224  Hz  resonant  tomography  source  and  mooring  config- 
uration      48 


3.3  Modified  AN/SSQ-57  sonobuoy  as  used  in  the  Monterey  Bay 
Acoustic  Tomography  Experiment.  The  hydrophone  rests  on 

the  bottom  to  eliminate  motion 50 

3.4  Sonobuoy  data  recording  system  located  in  the  van.  This  sys- 
tem receives  the  sonobuoy  radio  transmission,  demodulates  it 
for  the  acoustic  signal,  and  records  that  signal  on  videotape 
using  pulse  code  modulation 52 

3.5  Comparison  of  resolved  and  unresolved  pulses 57 

3.6  Quadrature  demodulation  and  digitization  performed  in  the 
Monterey  Bay  Acoustic  Tomography  Experiment 61 

3.7  Diagram  of  tomography  signal  data  flow  for  'real  time'  digi- 
tization and  code  correlation 63 

3.8  Two  dimensional  ray  path  predicted  using  MPP.  This  eigen- 
ray  connects  the  source  at  Station  A  to  the  receiver  at  Station 

J 70 

3.9  Sound  speed  profile  from  near  Station  J.  Note  that  any  ray 
path  will  be  refracted  downward.  The  trace  has  two  lines,  one 
as  the  CTD  goes  down  and  the  other  as  it  is  brought  back  to 

the  surface 72 

3.10  Sound  speed  profile  from  near  mid-Bay.  This  profile  is  typical 
of  the  profiles  found  in  deep  water  at  the  time  of  the  experi- 
ment and  very  close  to  the  profile  used  in  MPP  for  eigenray 
prediction 73 

3.11  Received  acoustic  signal  after  Hadamard  transforming  for 
maximal-length  sequence  from  Station  J.  14DEC88  1855  to 
1957  PST.  Each  line  is  31  seconds  of  data  coherently  aver- 
aged to  one  1.9375  second  period.    The  earliest  period  is  in 

the  foreground  and  the  latest  is  at  the  back 75 

3.12  Arrival  time  estimate  for  Station  J  from  1855  to  1924  PST 
on  14Dec88.  The  fast  fluctuations  in  arrival  time  are  due 
to  surface  waves  changing  the  path  length.  Lower  frequency 
oscillations  from  other  causes  are  also  seen 76 

3.13  Arrival  time  estimate  for  Station  J  from  1925  to  1955  PST 
on  14Dec88.  The  fast  fluctuations  in  arrival  time  are  due 
to  surface  waves  changing  the  path  length.  Lower  frequency 
oscillations  from  other  causes  are  also  seen 77 

3.14  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from 

2.2  hours  of  arrival  times  series.  1855  to  2107  14  Dec88  PST.       7fJ 


3.15  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay  at  2000  PST 
on  14  Dec88  as  taken  from  the  NDBC  wave  measuring  buoy 
southwest  of  Santa  Cruz 80 

3. 16  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0. 00258  Hz 
(Period  =  64  minutes) 82 

3.17  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes) 83 

3.18  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes).  High  amplitude  after  0400  is  due  to 

low  SNR  during  storm 84 

3.19  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes) 85 

4.1  MPP  block  diagram  with  input  and  output  files 88 

4.2  Receiver  hydrophone  locations  for  ray  tracing 94 

4.3  Typical  December  sound  speed  profile  for  Monterey  Bay.  ...  98 

4.4  A  model  of  the  bathymetry  of  Monterey  Bay  region 113 

4.5  Planar  view  of  rays  calculated  from  Station  J  towards  the 
tomography  transmitter 114 

4.6  Top  view  of  rays  calculated  from  Station  J  towards  the  to- 
mography transmitter 115 

A.l     Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  1 126 

A. 2    Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  1 127 

A. 3    Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  2 128 

A. 4    Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  2 129 

A. 5    Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  4 130 

A. 6    Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  4 131 

A. 7    Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  5 132 

A. 8    Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  5 133 

A. 9    Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  7 134 

A. 10  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  7 135 

A.ll  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  8 136 

A. 12  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  8 137 

A. 13  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  13 138 

A. 14  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  13 139 

A.  15  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  17 140 

A. 16  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  17 141 

CI     Shift  register  realization 149 


C.2    Indices  formed  from  matrix  octal  equivalents 153 

C.3  Basic  Fast  Hadamard  Transform  element  for  cascading  addi- 
tions and  the  full  diagram  for  an  eight  point  FHT 157 

D.l  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1317  to  1419  14DEC88.  High 
ambient  noise  at  the  start  is  from  the  R/V  Point  Sur  after 
deploying  buoy 161 

D.2  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1419to  1521  14DEC88 162 

D.3  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1521  to  1623  14DEC88 163 

D.4  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1623  to  1725  14DEC88 164 

D.5  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1725  to  1827  14DEC88 165 

D.6  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1827  to  1929  14DEC88.  Signal 
cutoff  is  due  to  tape  change 166 

D.7  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  1957  to  2059  14DEC88.  The  pre- 
vious hour  is  included  as  Figure  12  on  page  58.  Note  that  the 
arrival  structure  is  shifted  for  data  from  a  new  tape 107 

D.8  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  2059  to  2201  14DEC88 168 

D.9  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  2201  to  2303  14DEC88 169 

D.10  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  2303  14DEC88  to  0005  15DEC88.     170 

D.ll  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0005  to  0107  15DEC88.  Note  that 
computer  generated  time  scale  is  extended  past  0000  for  con- 
venience in  processing.  The  reason  for  signal  cutoff  is  that 
the  end  of  the  tape  was  reached 171 

D.12  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  0052  to  0154  15DEC88.  Note  that 
the  arrival  structure  is  shifted  because  of  the  start  of  a  new 
tape 172 


D.13  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  timesthen  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0154  to  0256  15DEC88 173 

D.14  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0256  to  0358  15DEC88 174 

D.15  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0358  to  0500  15DEC88.  High 
scattering  and  ambient  noise  were  present  at  this  time  be- 
cause of  high  winds  (the  worst  windstorm  of  the  year  to  hit 
the  central  California  coast) 175 

D.16  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0500  to  0602  15DEC88.  High 
ambient  noise  and  high  scattering  continue  from  windstorm.  .    176 

D.17  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0602  to  0704  15DEC88.  The  rea- 
son for  signal  cutoff  is  that  the  end  of  the  tape  was  reached.  .    177 

D.18  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  0647  to  0749  15DEC88.  The  rea- 
son for  the  increased  amplitude  is  unknown.  Note  that  the 
arrival  structure  is  shifted  at  the  start  of  the  new  tape.     .   .   .    178 

D.19  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0749  to  0851  15DEC88 179 

D. 20  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0851  to  0953  15DEC88 180 

D.21  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0953  to  1055  15DEC88 181 

D.22  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  1055  to  1157  15DEC88 182 

D.23  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  1157  to  1259  15DEC88.  The  rea- 
son for  the  signal  cutoff  is  that  the  end  of  the  tape  was  reached.  183 

D.24  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1226  to  1328  15DEC88.  Note  that 
the  arrival  structure  is  shifted  at  the  start  of  the  new  tape.     .    184 

D.25  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  1328  to  1430  15DEC88 185 

D.26  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J.  1430  to  1532  15DEC88.  Signal 
cutoff  is  due  to  buov  failure 18C 


D. 27  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from 

2.2  hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,  2001  to  2213  14DEC88  PST.  188 

D.28  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay.  Data  is  from 

the  NDBC  buoy  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz,  2100  14DEC88  PST.  189 

D. 29  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from 

2.2  hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,  2107  to  2319  14DEC88  PST.  190 

D.30  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay.  Data  is  from 

the  NDBC  buoy  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz,  2200  14DEC88  PST.  191 

D.31  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from 
2.2  hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,  2213  14DEC88  to  0005 
15DEC88  PST 192 

D.32  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay.  Data  is  from 

the  NDBC  buoy  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz,  2300  14DEC88  PST.  193 

D.33  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  This  spectrum 
was  generated  using  the  segmented  FFT  method  on  the  data 
from  an  entire  6  hour  tape  (the  maximum  length  time  series 
without  tape-to-tape  synchronization) 194 


List  of  Tables 


2.1  Up  and  down-canyon  reversal  cycle  data  for  Monterey  Canyon.   40 

2.2  Up  and  down-canyon  reversal  cycle  data  for  Carmel  Canyon.  42 

4.1  Position,  range  and  depth  of  simulation  receivers 95 

4.2  December  sound  speed  profile  values  for  Monterey  Bay  region.  99 

4.3  Eigenray  information  for  site  16  based  on  change  of  source 
placement 101 

4.4  Eigenray  information  for  sites  1,2,4,5,7,8  and  13 102 

4.5  Eigenray  information  for  site  17 107 

A.l  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  1,  2,  and  3 119 

A. 2  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  4,  5,  and  6 120 

A. 3  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  7.  8,  and  9 121 

A. 4  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  10,  11,  and  12 122 

A. 5  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  13.  14,  and  15 123 

A. 6  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  16  and  17 124 

C.l  Shift  register  contents  when  generating  M-sequence 149 

C.2  Re-ordering  of  input  and  output  vectors 155 


10 


Chapter  1 

Introduction 


This  report  presents  the  results  of  a  fifteen  month  study  on  the  viability  of 
acoustic  tomography  in  monitoring  the  circulation  of  Monterey  Bay,  Cali- 
fornia. It  is  envisioned  that  the  Bay  could  be  surrounded  by  shore-linked 
acoustic  transceivers  that  would  transmit  and  receive  coded  acoustic  signals. 
Ocean  acoustic  tomography  uses  the  fluctuations  of  measured  travel  times 
from  a  number  acoustic  multipaths  though  an  ocean  body.  These  travel 
time  fluctuations  can  be  'inverted"  to  provide  an  estimate  of  the  interven- 
ing sound  speed  structure  (and  hence  density)  and  current  structure. 

Acoustic  tomography  has  been  used  with  success  in  deep  ocean  environ- 
ments where  bottom  bathymetry  has  been  not  a  factor.  However,  applying 
it  to  an  ocean  body  like  Monterey  Bay  with  its  Submarine  Canyon  intro- 
duces a  number  of  questions.  These  questions  deal  with  the  character  of 
acoustic  transmissions  in  the  Bay.  Namely,  for  acoustic  tomography  to  be 
viable,  four  questions  must  be  answered  affirmatively: 

1.  Are  the  acoustic  arrivals  strong  enough  to  accurately  estimate  their 
arrival  time'7 

2.  Are  the  acoustic  arrivals  resolvable  from  one  another? 

3.  Are  the  acoustic  arrivals  stable  over  time? 

4.  Are  the  arrivals  identifiable  (i.e.  comparable)  with  computer-modeled 
arrivals7 

This  study  attempts  to  answer  the  above  questions  through  two  efforts: 
experiment  and  computer  modeling.  The  experiment  involved  the  trans- 
mission of  acoustic  signals  from  a  source  off  of  Point  Sur  to  a  number  of 


11 


receivers  on  the  northern  shelf  of  Monterey  Bay.  The  computer  modeling 
effort  used  two  acoustic  ray  tracing  programs  to  simulate  the  multipath 
arrival  structure  of  the  received  acoustic  signals. 

1.1      The  Original  Concept 

The  presence  in  Monterey  Bay  of  MBARI  and  five  other  institutions  with 
strong  oceanography  programs  provides  a  unique  opportunity  for  a  long- 
term  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  biology  and  physics  of  a  coastal  envi- 
ronment. This  tomography  system  is  intended  to  be  a  core  measurement 
system  which,  with  ancillary  measurements  colocated  at  the  hard-wired  to- 
mographic transceivers,  would  provide  a  real-time  view  of  the  circulation  and 
density  structure  within  the  Bay.  Data  from  the  relatively  sparse  spot  mea- 
surements and  integrated  tomographic  data  will  be  assimilated  into  dynam- 
ical models  to  provide  an  interpolated  and  displayable  view  of  the  physical 
properties  (e.g.,  velocity  and  thermal  structure  at  selected  depths)  spanning 
the  measurement  domain.  These  physical  models  further  provide  the  basis 
for  incorporating  biological  variables  to  study  (and  display)  a  wide  range  of 
physical  and  biological  processes. 

The  state-of-the-art  in  ocean  acoustic  tomography  and  in  associated 
signal  processing  and  data  storage  technology  has  advanced  to  the  point 
where  we  can  think  about  the  long-term  (five  year)  imaging  of  the  complete 
oceanogaphic  structure  of  Monterey  Bay. 

Recently,  much  progress  has  been  made  in  data  assimilation,  the  process 
of  integrating  data  into  a  dynamical  model  of  the  circulation  of  both  large 
and  small  scale  oceanographic  systems.  With  the  measurements  available 
from  acoustic  tomography  and  other  traditional  oceanographic  instruments, 
dynamic  models  of  Monterey  Bay  could  be  verified.  Acoustic  tomography 
could  provide  the  boundary  conditions  for  the  open  end  of  the  Bay  and 
verification  of  the  models  as  time  progressed. 

The  Monterey  Bay  is  a  unique  location  in  which  to  conduct  ocean  acous- 
tic tomography.  The  semi-circular  geometry  of  the  Bay  enables  acoustic 
transceivers  to  be  placed  around  the  Bay  near  enough  to  shore  to  be  linked 
by  an  underwater  cable.  The  more  coverage  in  angle  around  the  Bay,  the 
better  resolved  are  the  oceanographic  features.  The  transceivers  would  not 
be  data-storage  limited  as  data  could  be  sent  up  the  cable  to  shore.  They 
would  not  be  power  limited  as  power  could  come  from  shore  down  the  cable. 

The  Monterey  Bay  tomography  system  would  include  a  number  of  tomo- 


12 


graphic  transceivers  placed  at  the  bottom  surrounding  the  bay  near  shore. 
The  shore  substations  would  be  linked  to  the  main  data  collection  station 
via  either  land  lines  or  RF  telemetry  links.  An  example  tomographic  sys- 
tem is  shown  in  Figure  1.1.  It  consists  of  eight  transceivers  placed  on  the 
periphery  of  the  bay  between  the  depths  of  25  to  100  meters.  An  additional 
transceiver  has  been  placed  near  the  mouth  of  the  Bay.  An  array  consisting 
of  J  transceivers  has  J  •  (J  —  1)  horizontal  paths  across  the  volume  of  in- 
terest. This  includes  a  two-way  path  between  each  transceiver.  In  addition, 
depending  on  the  acoustic  conditions,  there  are  a  number  K  vertical  multi- 
paths  for  each  horizontal  path  as  illustrated  in  Figure  1.2.  An  estimate  of 
the  average  number  of  usable  multipaths  for  Monterey  Bay  is  three.  There- 
fore, the  total  number,  Ar,  of  individual  acoustic  paths  through  the  Bay  is 
N  =  J  ■  (J  —  1)  •  K  or  168  paths  through  Monterey  Bay  for  the  array  pictured 
in  Figure  1.1. 

Ongoing  oceanographic  studies  on  Monterey  Bay  could  be  integrated 
into  the  tomography  system.  A  primary  forcing  mechanism  for  circulation 
of  the  Bay  is  the  oceanic  currents  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bay.  Planned  hydro- 
graphic,  constituent  and  current  measurements  by  MBARI,  NPS,  and  other 
institutions  will  be  extremely  useful  for  this  purpose.  In  addition  to  the  in 
situ  measurements,  satellite  AYIIRR  (Advanced  Very  High  Resolution  Ra- 
diometer) thermal  maps  could  be  integrated  routinely  with  the  tomography. 
The  system  could  be  a  focal  point  for  research  on  the  Bay  to  foster  coop- 
eration and  improve  the  communication  between  the  various  oceanographic 
institutions  around  the  Bay. 

1.2      Results  of  the  study 

As  mentioned  above,  the  viablity  of  acoustic  tomography  in  monitoring  the 
circulation  of  an  ocean  body  like  Monterey  Bay  depends  on  four  character- 
istics of  the  acoustic  arrivals: 

1.  signal-to-noise  ratio, 

2.  resolvability, 

3.  stability,  and 

4.  identifiability. 

This  study  has  looked  at  each  of  the  above  necessary  characteristics  with 
a  two-pronged  study:  an  experiment  and  modeling  with  a  ray-tracing  com- 

13 


Figure  1.1:  Possible  Monterey  Bay  tomography  transceiver  locations. 


\A 


22.5  30.0  37.5 

RANGE  (KM) 


60. 


Figure  1.2:  An  example  of  the  multipaths  between  tomography  source  and 
receiver  in  Monterey  Bay. 


15 


puter  program.  A  experiment  was  held  in  Monterey  Bay  in  December,  1988 
in  which  a  single  tomography  source  off  Point  Sur  transmitted  to  a  number 
of  receivers  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Bay.  The  modeling  effort  involved 
the  use  of  two  acoustic  ray-tracing  programs  that  attempted  to  model  the 
multipath  arrival  structure. 

The  results  of  this  study  support  the  feasibility  of  acoustic  tomography  in 
Monterey  Bay.  The  Monterey  Bay  Acoustic  Tomography  Experiment  of  De- 
cember 1988  showed  strong  acoustic  arrivals  that  were  mostly  resolved  and 
stable  over  the  cross-canyon  paths  for  the  3  day  experiment.  However,  one 
important  piece  of  the  puzzle  is  still  missing:  the  identification  of  multipath 
arrivals  measured  in  the  experiment.  The  MPP  (Multiple  Profile  Program) 
2-D  ray  tracing  program  was  able  to  identify  a  few  eigenrays  (rays  connect- 
ing source  and  receiver).  The  HARPO  (HAmiltonian  Ray  Program  for  the 
Ocean)  3-D  ray  tracing  program  has  not  been  able  to  find  any  eigenrays.  The 
inability  of  these  programs  to  model  the  acoustic  propagation  in  Monterey 
Bay  stems  from  the  extreme  bathymetry  of  the  Bay.  These  eigenrays  exist 
because  the  experiment  measured  them.  The  lack  is  not  in  the  existence 
of  stable,  resolvable  arrivals  but  in  our  ability  to  model  them  correctly.  In 
the  next  few  months,  as  part  of  another  feasibility  study  for  the  Norwegian- 
Barents  Sea  Tomography  Experiment.  HARPO  capabilities  will  be  increased 
with  the  addition  of  Gaussian  beam  and  time  front  post-processing  routines. 
These  routines  eliminate  the  need  for  modeling  eigenrays  and  should  be  able 
to  identify  the  arrivals  measured  in  the  Monterey  Bay  Experiment. 

1.3      Report  Overview 

This  report  into  five  chapters  including  this  introduction.  Chapter  2  provides 
a  background  on  Monterey  Bay  including  oceanography,  bathymetry,  and 
geology.  Chapter  3  describes  the  experiment  carried  out  in  Monterey  Bay  in 
December.  198l>.  Chapter  4  describes  the  work  to  date  on  modeling  acoustic 
propagation  in  Monterey  Bay.  Chapter  5  lists  our  conclusions  about  the 
feasibility  of  an  acoustic  tomography  system  in  Monterey  Bay. 


1G 


Chapter  2 

Background 


2.1      Ocean  Acoustic  Tomography 

''Ocean  acoustic  tomography  is  a  technique  for  observing  the  dynamic  be- 
havior of  ocean  processes  by  measuring  the  changes  in  travel  time  of  acoustic 
signals  transmitted  over  a  number  of  ocean  paths."  [1]  The  word  tomography 
is  derived  from  two  Greek  roots  meaning  ''to  slice"  and  "to  look  at."  Ocean 
acoustic  tomography  uses  sound  energy  to  look  at  a  "slice"  of  the  ocean  by 
measuring  the  travel  time  of  signals  propagating  through  the  water.  Sound 
speed  in  the  ocean  is  a  function  of  salinity,  pressure,  and  temperature.  As 
acoustic  energy  travels  along  its  path,  its  rate  of  travel  varies  with  these 
quantities  as  well  as  with  the  speed  and  direction  of  any  currents.  Math- 
ematical inverse  methods  are  applied  to  these  travel  time  fluctuations  to 
estimate  the  variation  of  these  dynamic  ocean  variables. 

Ocean  acoustic  tomography  was  originally  proposed  by  Munk  and  Wuil- 
sch  in  1977.  In  1979.  they  presented  methods  for  inverting  the  data  to 
estimate  the  sound  speed  field. [3]  This  procedure  is  similar  to  the  proce- 
dure used  in  medical  x-ray  tomography  where  the  measuring  signal  travels 
in  a  straight  line  from  transmitter  to  receiver.  Ocean  acoustic  tomogra- 
phy may  have  energy  traveling  along  several  curving  paths  with  different 
travel  times  and  from  one  transmitter  to  several  receivers  simultaneously, 
as  shown  in  Figure  2.1.  Thus,  with  several  sound  sources  and  receivers,  the 
amount  of  data  collected  grows  multiplicatively  rather  than  additively  (as  in 
point  sampling).  The  sound  speed  fluctuations  along  the  entire  path  affect 
the  travel  time  of  a  signal.  Because  of  this  integrating  characteristic  of  the 
travel  time,  small  inhomogeneities  will  have  a  negligible  effect.  Sound  also 
has  the  advantage  of  sampling  along  its  path  very  quickly  -  approximately 


r 


1500  meters  per  second.  If  transmissions  are  made  in  both  directions  along 
a  path,  the  difference  in  travel  time  is  related  to  currents  along  the  path.[l] 
Ocean  acoustic  tomography  is  a  valuable  tool  for  monitoring  the  ocean  in- 
terior. Its  overall  system  performance  can  be  improved,  however,  if  it  is 
supplemented  by  in  situ  measurements  by  ships  and  buoys. 

2.1.1      The  Forward  Problems 

Treating  the  ocean  medium  as  a  large,  time-varying  distortionless  filter,  the 
impulse  response  of  the  source-receiver  channel  is  just  the  sum  of  the  impulse 
responses  of  the  individual  paths  [5] 

P 
h{i)  =  22*6(1 -n)  (2.1) 

i=i 

where  P  is  the  number  of  paths,  a,  is  the  amplitude,  and  r,  is  the  total 
travel  time  along  the  path.  If  the  transmitted  signal  is  an  impulse  then 
the  received  signal  will  be  the  impulse  response.  The  separate  paths  can  be 
predicted  from  ray  theory.  The  limits  placed  on  the  sound  speed  structure 
for  ray  theory  to  be  valid  can  be  described  as: [6] 

•  The  amplitude  of  the  wave  must  not  change  appreciably  in  distances 
comparable  to  a  wavelength. 

•  The  speed  of  sound  must  not  change  appreciably  in  distances  compa- 
rable to  a  wavelength. 

•  The  channel  depth  and  source-receiver  distance  must  be  large  in  com- 
parison to  a  wavelength. 

If  these  conditions  cannot  be  met,  other  methods  must  be  used,  and  '"full 
wave'"  or  modal  solutions  can  be  attempted [6,4]. 

Density  Tomography 

The  travel  time  for  a  ray  path  can  be  found  by  integrating  the  sound  slowness 
(inverse  speed)  over  the  specific  ray  path  denoted  by  P,  (the  ith  ray  path)[6] 

f  ds 

JP,  c(x,y.z,1) 


18 


R 


C(km/s) 


E 


O 


Range  (km) 

Figure  2.1:  (top)  Several  transmitters  (T)  and  receivers  (R)  give  many  ray 
paths  as  viewed  from  above,  (bottom)  Each  slice  may  contain  numerous 
eigenrays  connecting  the  transmitters  and  receivers.  This  diagram  is  from 
a  1983  experiment  near  Bermuda[2]. 


19 


The  fluctuations  in  sound  speed  can  be  thought  of  as  perturbations  from 
some  arbitrary  base  speed  c0(z), 

c(x,y,z,t)  =  c0(z)  +  6c(x,y,z,t)  (2.3) 

so  that  the  travel  time  becomes  a  constant  travel  time  with  a  perturbation 

f  ds 

Jpt  c0  +  6c(x,y,z,t) 

For  6c  <C  c0,  an  approximation  from  the  binomial  expansion  can  be  used 

ds 


Ti,0  +  6tx     -      /    — r^T 
JP,  co(z)  M    ' 


o(=)   ; 


-  /  — 

JP,   C0{  = 


+ 


_  6c(x.y.z,1)\  d$ 


)  V  c0(z) 

1  6c(x.y,zJ) 


P,  \c0{  =  )  c20(z) 


ds  (2.5) 


The  perturbation  is[G] 


f>c{x,y,z,t) 

°n  =  -  /   TT\ —  (2-6) 


Current  Tomography 


In  the  above  development,  the  arrival  time  of  an  acoustic  pulse  was  assumed 
to  be  only  a  function  of  sound  speed,  a  scalar  quantity.  However,  if  a  current 
field  exists  in  the  ocean  between  transceivers,  the  travel  time  of  a  pulse  is 
in  one  direction  is  different  from  the  other  direction.  If  we  define  At,  to  be 
the  difference  in  the  to  and  fro  travel  times  of  the  ith  ray.  then 


,=  /_A__/^i_  (2.7) 

Js,  c  +  u  ■  s       Js,  c  -  v  ■  s 


where  u  is  the  space  varying  current  field  and  s  is  the  unit  tangent  vector 
to  the  ray.  Implicit  in  Equation  2.7  is  that  the  ray  path  is  same  for  both 
directions,  a  very  good  approximation. 


20 


2.1.2     The  Inverse  Problem 

The  inverse  problem  is  to  determine  6c(x,  y,  z,t)  (u)  from  6r,.  The  travel 
time  perturbation  6r,  (At,)  depends  on  the  magnitude  of  sound  speed  (cur- 
rent) fluctuations  and  the  path  of  the  ray,  which  determines  the  water  that 
is  sampled  by  that  ray.  Note  that  this  perturbation  relation  has  now  been 
linearized.  Inverse  mathematical  methods  are  often  used  in  connection  with 
geophysical  problems  where  some  characteristic  is  measured  by  its  effect  in 
perturbing  some  transmitted  signal,  rather  than  direct  observation  of  that 
characteristic.  There  is  a  large  body  of  information  relating  to  linear  and 
nonlinear  inverse  techniques  -  many  of  which  can  be  applied  to  acoustic 
tomography  inversions.  [12] 

Briefly,  one  inverse  approach  is  to  discretize  Equation  2.6  (we  shall  con- 
centrate on  density  tomography  here),  so  that 

t  =  Gc  (2.8) 

where  we  have  assumed  that  the  unknown  sound  speed  perturbation  field  has 
been  discretized  into  a  vector  c  of  dimension  (ATC  x  1)  and  we  have  formed 
a  vector  of  dimension  (Ar*  x  1),  t,  of  the  known  travel  time  perturbations 
of  each  ray  at  each  receiver.  In  all  realistic  ocean  acoustic  tomography 
problems,  Arc  >  Nt,  i.e.  we  have  an  underdetermined  inverse  problem  with 
more  unknowns  than  independent  pieces  of  data.  G  is  the  known  kernel 
matrix  of  dimension  A'(  x  Arc  that  has  the  information  about  each  of  the 
paths  and  background  sound  speed  profile.  Since  G  is  not  square,  we  cannot 
simply  say  that  c  =  G_1t. 

One  way  to  solve  Equation  2.8  is  to  form  a  quadratic  functional  that 
is  sensitive  to  model  (sound  speed)  estimation  error  and  model  smoothness 
given  by 

1(c)  =  (Gc  -  t)7W(Gc  -  t)  +  AcJSc  (2.9) 

where  W  is  a  weighting  matrix  which  allows  us  to  use  different  types  of 
measurements  with  different  levels  of  confidence  and  S  is  a  matrix  which 
smooths  the  estimate  over  space.  The  Lagrange  multiplier  A  determines 
how  important  the  error  is  versus  the  smoothness  of  the  estimated  model. 

We  now  derive  the  c  which  minimizes  L.  First,  we  expand  Eq.  (2.9) 
(following  Liebelt  [7] ) 

1(c)  =  (cTGT  -  tT)W(Gc  -  t)  +  AcTSc  (2.10) 

1(c)  =  crGTWGc  -  cTGTWt  -  tTWGc  +  tTWt  +  AcTSc        (2.11) 

21 


Because  the  third  term  in  the  preceding  equation  is  a  scalar,  we  can  trans- 
pose this  term  to  obtain 

L(c)  =  cTGTWGc  -  2cTGTWt  +  tTWt  +  AcrSc.  (2.12) 

We  next  differentiate  Eq.  (2.12)  with  respect  to  the  components  of  c  yielding 

—  =  2GTWGc-2GTWt  +  2ASc.  (2.13) 

dc 

Setting  the  expression  above  to  zero  and  solving  for  c  we  get 

c  =  (GrWG  +  AS)_1GTWt.  (2.14) 

The  solution  given  in  Eq.  2.14  is  analogous  to  the  weighted  damped  least 
squares[8, 9 ,10, 11. 12].  The  choice  of  smoothing  matrix  5  and  its  weight  A  is 
a  tradeoff  between  the  resolution  and  error  in  the  sound  speed  field  estimate. 

2.1.3     Discussion 

The  solution  of  the  the  ocean  acoustic  tomography  problem  is  tied  directly  to 
the  "forward"  problem.  The  path  of  each  eigenray  between  the  source  and 
receiver  must  be  identified  before  the  integral  relating  time  perturbation 
to  sound  speed  perturbation  can  be  inverted.  This  eigenray  is  normally 
considered  to  be  fixed  spatially  (usually  a  good  approximation)  with  the 
sound  speed  perturbations  acting  on  this  path.  Fluctuation  in  the  sound 
speed  field  is  the  data  upon  which  ocean  acoustic  tomography  depends,  but 
if  the  fluctuation  is  too  great,  the  ray  path  may  become  unstable  and  no 
longer  reach  the  receiver.  Rays  do  not  arrive  as  a  single  point  but  cover 
an  area  measured  by  the  Fresnel  zone  size.  The  size  of  the  Fresnel  zone 
depends  on  the  sound  speed  structure  and  acoustic  frequency  but  for  channel 
transmission  remains  fairly  constant  after  20  kilometers. [4]  This  size  and 
knowledge  of  sound  speed  fluctuations  along  the  path  can  be  used  to  estimate 
path  stability.  In  summary,  ocean  acoustic  tomography  requires  a  sufficient 
understanding  of  the  ocean  along  the  source-receiver  path  that  eigenrays 
along  which  the  signal  will  travel  can  be  predicted.  The  received  signal  must 
have  an  ''arrival'"  structure  which  is  stable  and  does  not  fade  or  disappear. 
The  arrival  must  be  identifiable  as  to  its  path  for  the  tomographic  inversion 
to  proceed.  The  transmitted  signal  must  be  constructed  to  facilitate  an 
accurate  estimate  of  the  travel  time  perturbations  and  should  be  resolvable 
form  other  arrivals  at  very  close  intervals.  Finally,  these  time  perturbations 
will  be  used  to  estimate  the  fluctuations  in  the  ocean  sound  speed  field  using 
inverse  methods. 


22 


2.2      Monterey  Bay 

Monterey  Bay  is  a  semi-enclosed  elliptical  embayment  along  the  Central 
Coast  of  California  between  latitudes  36°36.05'iV  and  36°58.70'W  as  de- 
scribed in  Figure  2.2.  Moss  Landing  is  located  at  the  easternmost  point 
of  the  bay  at  longitude  121°47.30'W\  Since  the  bay  is  open  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean  along  its  western  side,  we  assume  an  artificial  line  between  Point 
Pinos  to  the  south  (121°56.20'PV)  and  Point  Santa  Cruz  along  the  north 
shore  (122°01.60'Wr).  Based  on  these  positions,  the  bay  is  42  km  long  and 
17.6  km  wide  from  Moss  Landing  due  west  to  the  open  bay  boundary.  The 
surface  area  of  the  bay  is  approximately  534  km2,  of  which  81%  is  above  the 
continental  shelf  while  the  rest  overlies  the  submarine  canyons. [13] 

Fresh  water  enters  the  bay  via  the  San  Lorenzo  River,  Soquel  Creek,  Ap- 
tos  Creek,  Pajaro  River  and  Salinas  River.  These  streams  have  a  combined 
mean  annual  discharge  of  1.85xl06m3/day  with  the  Salinas  River  having 
the  greatest  contribution  at  55%  [14].  Precipitation  and  river  runoff  are 
normally  greatest  during  the  winter  rainy  season.  During  the  dry  months  of 
May  through  October,  a  sand  bar  blocks  the  Salinas  River,  forcing  its  water 
to  flow  north  and  discharge  through  Elkhorn  Slough[13]. 

2.2.1      Bathymetry 

Continental  Shelf  and  Slope 

The  continental  shelf  is  fairly  narrow  south  of  Monterey  Bay,  ranging  in 
width  from  less  than  1.6  km  at  Cypress  Point  on  the  Monterey  Peninsula  to 
about  14  km  at  Point  Sur.  North  of  the  Bay  the  shelf  is  wider,  ranging  from 
about  9.3  km  to  37  km  width  south  of  San  Francisco.  The  shelf  in  Monterey 
Bay  is  cut  by  submarine  canyons  and  the  shelf  bottom  slopes  toward  the 
edge  of  the  canyons.  The  northern  bay  shelf  is  approximately  238  km  in 
area  and  is  at  a  maximum  depth  of  90  m  at  the  canyon  rim,  as  compared  to 
the  shelf  in  the  south  bay  that  is  195  km2  and  deepens  to  180  m[13,15].  The 
maximum  slope  near  Seaside  is  2%,  while  offshore  of  the  the  Salinas  River 
it  is  1-1.5%[1G]. 

Between  the  continental  shelf  and  the  deep  ocean  floor  lies  the  continen- 
tal slope  with  it  steeper  gradient.  According  to  Shepard[17],  the  slope  in  the 
greater  Monterey  Bay  area  is  not  consistent.  Just  south  of  Monterey  Bay 
the  outer  part  of  the  slope  is  set  toward  the  northeast  for  30  km  or  more. 
Further  south,  the  slope  spreads  over  a  wide  area.  North  of  the  bay,  the 
continental  slope  is  narrower,  has  an  average  grade  of  10%>,  and  is  marked 


23 


Figure  2.2:  Monterey  Bay.  California. 


24 


by  a  number  of  submarine  canyons. 

Submarine  Canyons 

The  most  prominent  feature  of  Monterey  Bay  is  the  Monterey  Submarine 
Canyon  (MSC),  depicted  in  Figure  2.2,  which  bisects  the  fairly  symmetrical 
bay  at  Moss  Landing.  With  a  volume  of  450  km3,  MSC  has  the  distinction  of 
being  the  largest  submarine  canyon  on  the  California  continental  slope[18]. 
Shepard,  Emery,  and  Dills  [17,19]  have  described  the  MSC  system  in  con- 
siderable detail,  so  the  canyon  system  specification  given  in  this  report  is 
based  on  their  work. 

Monterey  Canyon  has  an  axis  length  of  about  94.5  km  and  ranges  in 
depth  from  18  m  to  2925  m  where  the  true  canyon  ends  and  the  Monterey 
Fan-valley  begins.  The  two  largest  tributaries  entering  MSC  are  the  Soquel 
Submarine  Canyon  from  the  north  and  the  Carmel  Submarine  Canyon  from 
the  south.  After  the  Carmel  Canyon  juncture,  only  small  tributaries  enter 
the  MSC 

The  Soquel  Canyon  joins  the  MSC  at  the  915  m  depth  after  dropping  at 
a  rate  of  74.%  along  its  12  km  length,  giving  the  appearance  of  a  hanging 
valley.  The  axis  of  MSC  winds  and  meanders  beyond  the  Soquel  Canyon 
juncture,  especially  off  of  the  Monterey  Peninsula  where  the  floor  is  granite. 
At  the  beginning  of  this  granite  ridge,  at  the  1525  m  mark,  the  axis  gradient 
increases  to  over  10%  or  100  ra/km.  The  MSC  is  V-shaped  from  its  head 
to  past  the  granite  rock,  until  at  an  axial  depth  of  1920  m  the  canyon  floor 
becomes  more  irregular  and  broader.  This  is  the  point  where  a  northern 
trough-likp  valley  enters  the  MSC. 

The  trough-shaped  valley  section  of  the  canyon  runs  southwest  for  about 
35  km.  The  walls  increase  in  height  along  the  canyon  with  the  northwest 
wall  reaching  up  to  370  m.  The  southeast  wall  is  the  continental  slope  and 
has  a  number  of  valleys  entering  it  with  heads  as  deep  as  1520  m. 

The  Carmel  Submarine  Canyon  connects  with  the  MSC  at  a  depth  of 
2010  m.  Carmel  Canyon  is  about  30  km  long  with  an  axial  slope  of  73 
m/km.  At  its  9  m  head  in  Carmel  Bay,  which  may  be  considered  a  drowned 
river  valley,  are  several  tributaries  cut  into  the  granite  walls  along  the  shore 
with  no  intervening  shelf.  The  head  has  some  portions  with  gradients  as 
large  as  30%,  but  the  base  is  smooth,  probably  due  to  recent  erosion.  After 
large  storms,  there  are  considerable  changes  in  the  nature  and  thickness  of 
the  fill  in  the  head  of  the  canyon. 

The  V-shaped  submarine  canyon  of  Carmel  first  runs  west,  then  winds 


northwest  and  parallels  the  coast.  It  appears  to  run  along  a  fault  in  soft  rock 
that  lies  between  two  hard  rock  masses.  The  inner  portion  of  the  canyon 
has  an  axial  slope  of  10%  with  a  drop  of  550  m  and  a  floor  width  of  about  75 
m.  It  ends  as  a  hanging  valley  at  the  Monterey  Canyon  with  no  fan-valley 
At  approximately  122C40'W,  the  high  northwest  wall  of  the  MSC  drops 
down  to  a  low  ridge  where  the  southeast  wall  leaves  the  continental  slope 
and  a  levee  forms  on  top  of  the  wall.  The  channel  then  takes  a  large  24 
km  meander  before  returning  to  its  general  course  only  3  km  downstream 
from  the  point  where  the  meander  began.  A  little  farther  down  the  channel, 
the  trough-like  portion  of  the  MSC  opens  up  into  a  modified  fan-valley 
with  convex-upward  levees  bordering  an  eroded  valley.  This  fan-valley  is 
approximately  320  km  long  and  280  km  wide  with  an  axial  gradient  of 
4.8m/km,  its  apex  at  a  depth  of  3050  m  and  base  at  4600  m[20].  The  fan 
valley  eventually  opens  up  into  the  deep  ocean  basin  of  the  Pacific. 

2.2.2      Geology  and  Sediments 

The  coastline  depression  of  Monterey  Bay  was  probably  carved  out  by  wave 
attack  on  the  relatively  soft  sedimentary  rocks  in  the  center  of  the  Salinas 
River  Valley  trough[21].  The  promontories  at  Soquel  Point  and  Point  Pifios 
are  rocks  that  were  better  able  to  resist  the  erosional  action. 

The  rivers  that  empty  into  Monterey  Bay  deposit  igneous,  sedimentary 
and  metamorphic  rocks  of  the  central  and  southern  Coast  Ranges.  The 
igneous  rocks  are  Mesozoic  granite,  while  the  metamorphic  rocks  are  of  the 
Sur  Series.  Monterey.  Pancho  Rico.  Paso  Robles  and  Aromas  Formations 
contribute  to  the  Tertiary  sedimentary  rocks. [21] 

The  sediment  within  Monterey  Bay  is  composed  of  gravel,  various  sizes 
of  sand,  silt  and  clay.  The  following  excerpt  from  a  report  by  Engineering- 
Science.  Inc.,  for  the  Monterey  Peninsula  Water  Pollution  Control  Agency 
[16]  provides  a  succinct  description  of  the  Monterey  Bay  sediment. 

The  bottom  sediments  vary  in  size  and  composition  according 
to  depth  contour,  as  shown  in  Figure  2.3.  The  nearshore  bot- 
tom and  beach  consist  of  coarse  and  medium  sand.  The  bottom 
gradates  to  fine  sand  down  to  a  depth  of  36  m.  The  sides  and 
bottom  of  the  submarine  canyon  nearshore  are  characterized  by 
silt  and  clay  which  gradate  into  gravel  and  coarse  sediments  in 
the  deeper  parts.  The  lower  portion  of  the  south  bay  is  semipro- 
tected  from  wave  action  by  the  protruding  headlands  at  Point 


20 


Pinos.  This  topographical  feature,  which  refracts  and  dimin- 
ishes wave  energy,  produces  a  pronounced  sorting  of  coarse  and 
medium  sand  particles  in  the  south  bay  below  the  Salinas  River. 

Monterey  Canyon  with  its  Soquel  and  Carmel  tributaries  is  the  pre- 
dominant feature  of  the  tomography  experimental  region.  MSC's  axial 
path  appears  to  meander  and  wind  in  relationship  to  hard  and  soft  rock 
zones.  The  tributaries  enter  the  main  canyon  as  hanging  valleys  with  trellis 
drainage  pattern[17].  There  are  many  large-scale  slumps  along  the  walls  of 
the  Monterey  Submarine  Canyon,  indicating  a  history  of  undercutting  and 
erosion[16]. 

At  the  head  of  MSC,  directly  off  Elkhorn  Slough,  there  is  only  uncon- 
solidated sediment.  The  inner  canyon  cuts  into  unconsolidated  sediment  for 
about  8  miles,  and  along  the  walls  and  floor  of  the  canyon  for  this  stretch 
is  silt  and  clay.  Based  on  information  from  Shepard  and  Dill,  the  first  rock 
to  appear  is  Upper  Pliocene  mudrock  at  an  axial  depth  of  640  m.  The 
north  wall  of  MSC  beyond  this  point  is  Pliocene  sedimentary  rock  which 
also  comprises  the  west  wall  of  Soquel  Canyon.  A  box  core  sample  taken  in 
Soquel  Canyon  yielded  surface  mud  above  rounded  pebbles  with  shells  and 
fragment  of  siltstone.[19] 

The  first  granite  to  appear  in  Monterey  Canyon  is  an  extension  of  the 
Monterey  Peninsula  formation,  and  is  found  only  along  the  south  wall  where 
MSC  axis  makes  a  large  bend  to  t  lie  south.  The  opposite  wall  is  still  sedimen- 
tary rock.  Beyond  the  Carmel  Canyon  junction,  the  MSC  north  wall  sedi- 
mentary rocks  include  limestone,  sandstone,  mudstone  and  Lower  Miocene 
foraminifora  and  coccoliths  (organic  calcareous  ooze).  The  south  wall  is  just 
mud.  [19] 

Based  on  the  Offshore  Surficial  Geologic  Map  (Figure  2.4),  the  Monterey 
Canyon  beyond  Monterey  Bay  is  sandy  mud  until  it  becomes  mud  (silt  and 
clay)  after  the  granite  outcroppings.  For  most  of  the  receiver  locations,  the 
rays  from  the  acoustic  source  will  initially  bounce  off  of  mud,  and  then  a 
sandymud  bottom,  before  reaching  the  canyon(s).[22] 

Carmel  Submarine  Canyon  appears  to  be  a  seaward  extension  of  the  land 
canyon,  with  no  continental  shelf  between  the  canyon  heads  and  the  beach. 
The  main  head  begins  directly  off  the  mouth  of  San  Jose  creek.  As  expected, 
the  head  fills  rapidly  with  sediment  from  the  creek  and  is  then  cleaned  out. 
This  fill  appears  to  undergo  continuous  change  in  nature  and  thickness,  but 
changes  are  especially  noticeable  after  a  large  storm.  [19,23] 

The  Carmel  Canyon  is  narrow,  Y-shaped  and  cut  in  granite.  The  steep 


Figure  2.3:  Distribution  of  sediment  types  in  Monterey  Bay. [16] 


28 


Figure  2  4:  Offshore  surficial  geologic  map  of  Monterey  Bay. [22] 


29 


rock  walls  are  mostly  granite  with  a  smooth  base.  The  floor  is  sandy  or 
rocky.  Near  the  juncture  to  the  Monterey  Canyon,  Carmel  Canyon's  east 
wall  is  composed  of  weathered  granite,  while  the  west  wall  has  Mid-Miocene 
sedimentary  rock.  [19,23] 

2.2.3      Currents 

California  Current  System 

Flowing  along  western  North  America  in  a  south  to  southeasterly  direction 
is  the  eastern  boundary  current  called  the  California  Current.  This  current 
brings  Subarctic  water  to  California,  which  is  low  in  both  temperature  and 
salinity  but  high  in  nutrients.  The  California  Current  is  wide,  shallow  and 
slow,  extending  maybe  700-1000  km  off  the  coast,  down  to  a  depth  less  than 
500  m,  and  flows  at  a  speed  that  is  less  than  25  cm/sec. [13, 16] 

A  subsurface  current,  the  California  Countercurrent,  moves  warm  and 
highly  saline  Equatorial  Pacific  water  north  along  the  coast  from  Baja  Cal- 
ifornia to  Cape  Mendocino  (41°N  latitude).  The  core  of  this  current  is  at 
about  the  200  m  depth,  extending  50-100  km  offshore,  with  a  velocity  of  less 
than  22  cm/sec  north  of  30°  N  latitude.  In  the  fall  or  early  winter,  the  Cal- 
ifornia Countercurrent  surfaces  and  becomes  the  Davidson  Current.  This 
surfacing  of  the  current,  which  occurs  somewhere  between  British  Columbia 
and  Point  Conception,  now  provides  for  another  surface  current  to  move 
along  the  coast  inward  of  the  California  Current.  The  Davidson  Current, 
flowing  between  16  and  47  cm/sec,  is  found  as  far  as  80  km  offshore.  [13,16] 

Associated  with  the  California  Current  system  are  three  oceanic  sea- 
sons, designated  the  Davidson  period,  the  upwelling  period  and  the  oceanic 
period.  These  periods  appear  to  be  directly  affected  by  wind  speed  and 
direction. 

The  Davidson  period  generally  occurs  between  November  and  February, 
when  a  semi-permanent  Pacific  high  pressure  cell  weakens,  moves  southward, 
and  is  replaced  by  an  intermittent  low  pressure  cell.  The  winds  are  very  light 
in  the  fall,  and  from  the  west  or  southwest  in  the  winter.  The  Davidson 
Current  surfaces  and  is  pushed  toward  the  coast,  due  to  the  wind  direction 
and  Coriolis  force.  This  water  converges  along  the  western  North  America 
coast  and  then  sinks,  resulting  in  nutrient-poor  water  along  the  coast.  [13] 

From  about  February  to  July,  the  winds  are  strong  and  blow  out  of  the 
north  or  northwest.  The  surface  water  along  the  shore  is  carried  away  from 
the  coast  by  the  Coriolis  force,  based  on  the  wind  direction.  Upwelling  occurs 
as  subsurface  water  rises  to  replace  the  vacated  surface  water.    The  water 


30 


level  is  generally  a  little  higher  away  from  the  shore,  where  the  surface  water 
has  been  pushed,  rather  than  close  to  shore,  where  the  subsurface  water 
has  risen.  The  upwelled  water  is  cooler  but  high  in  salinity  and  nutrients. 
Upwelling  occurs  at  a  rate  of  0.7-2. 7  m/day  and  is  found  as  far  as  50  km 
offshore.  [13,16] 

At  the  end  of  the  upwelling  period,  the  regular  current  pattern  collapses 
into  irregular  eddies  in  connection  with  the  wind  abatement.  Smethie  [13] 
indicated  that  during  this  oceanic  period  "...  the  sea  surface  slopes  down- 
ward, isotherms  slope  upward  toward  the  coast,  and  the  geostrophic  current 
flows  southward."  With  the  irregular  eddies,  the  currents  are  usually  weak 
and  variable. 

Monterey  Bay  Current  Flow 

The  surface  water  in  Monterey  Bay  appears  to  originate  from  three  water 
types  [14]: 

1.  recently  upwelled  water; 

2.  freshwater  from  the  rivers  and  streams;  and 

3.  warmer,  low-nutrient  water  which  has  been  warmed  at  the  surface. 

The  bay  currents  appear  to  be  regulated  by  the  oceanic  seasons.  Figure 
2.5  illustrates  the  seasonal  surface  current  flow  within  Monterey  Bay. 

Engineering-Science,  Inc.,  in  their  report  to  the  Monterey  Peninsula  Wa- 
ter Pollution  Control  Agency  [16],  indicated  that  during  the  upwelling  pe- 
riod, the  bay  flow  is  dominated  by  the  southward  flowing  offshore  current. 
They  cited  Broenkow  and  Smethie 's  [14]  conclusion  that  the  offshore  waters 
enter  mostly  from  the  southwest  up  the  Monterey  Canyon,  separate,  and 
then  flow  over  the  northern  and  southern  continental  shelves  in  the  bay. 
Clockwise  and  counterclockwise  gyres  over  the  shelves  result,  with  speeds 
anywhere  from  2.5  to  26  cm/sec,  but  the  predominant  flow  is  north  and 
northeast.  Even  through  in  the  oceanic  period  the  currents  become  irregu- 
lar and  the  wind  is  light,  the  bay  current  continues  the  pattern  established  in 
the  upwelling  period,  except  that  irregular  eddies  from  over  the  north  shelf. 
The  nearshore  ocean  currents  shift  from  southerly  to  northerly,  and  pass 
through  Monterey  Bay  as  a  large,  open  eddy.  However,  the  bay  currents 
circulate  irregularly  and  slowly. 

Broenkow  and  Smethie  [11]  studied  and  reported  on  the  Monterey  Bay 
surface  circulation  and  water  replenishment  during  a  27  month  period  in 

31 


UPWELLING  SEASON 
(MAR -AUG ) 


DAVIDSON  CURRENT  SEASON 
(DEC. -FEB.) 


OCEANIC  SEASON 
(SEP -NOV) 


1 


IC 


NAUTICAL   MILES 
0 10  20 


KILOMETERS 


Figure  2.5:  Monterey  Bay  seasonal  current  patterns. [16] 


32 


the  mid  1970's.  As  stated  earlier,  offshore  water  predominantly  enters  up 
the  canyon  into  the  bay,  but  sometimes  flows  directly  from  the  west.  The 
replacement  time  for  the  north  and  south  bay  waters  is  between  2  and  14 
days,  during  which  time  their  characteristics  can  be  modified  by  air  tem- 
perature at  the  surface,  photosynthesis,  sewage  outflow  and  freshwater  river 
discharge.  The  water  parcels  had  longer  paths  near  the  shoreline,  and  there- 
fore, had  longer  replenishment  times  than  the  water  over  the  canyon.  Dur- 
ing the  period  of  October  1972  through  March  1973,  the  largest  volume 
of  bay  freshwater  replenishment  occurred  in  February  with  an  estimate  of 
86xl06m3.  October  had  the  smallest  volume  at  2xl06m3  During  most  of 
the  year  the  freshwater  lens  is  above  the  10m  depth  mark,  except  for  January 
and  February  when  about  1/8  of  the  freshwater  falls  to  a  depth  between  10 
and  30  m. 

2.2.4      Temperature  and  Salinity  Variations 

The  temperature  and  salinity  within  Monterey  Bay  appear  to  coincide  with 
seasonal  oceanic  periods  associated  with  the  California  Current  system, 
amount  of  river  runoff  and  with  variations  in  the  wind.  Figure  2.6  shows 
the  mean  variation  of  temperature  and  salinity  at  the  mouth  of  Monterey 
Bay,  and  at  a  point  40  km  south  of  the  bay,  during  the  years  1950-1962.  On 
any  given  day  the  temperature  throughout  the  bay  is  not  uniform,  varying 
from  1  to  3°C  for  a  particular  layer,  while  the  salinity  is  laterally  consistent 
[14,16].  The  surface  waters  in  the  north  and  south  bight  areas  are  generally 
warmer  in  the  spring  and  summer  than  the  mid-bay  waters.  Also,  the  max- 
imum temperatures  often  occur  after  days  of  southerly  winds.  The  lowest 
salinity  readings  generally  occur  with  the  highest  temperatures  for  the  year, 
or  during  the  period  of  maximum  freshwater  runoff.  The  late  upwelling 
period  yields  the  highest  salinity  levels. 

Each  seasonal  oceanic  period  greatly  affects  the  temperature  and  salinity 
of  the  Monterey  Bay  water.  In  the  late  fall  and  early  winter,  the  sinking  of 
nearshore  waters  during  the  Davidson  period  results  in  a  fairly  deep  layer 
where  the  temperature  is  uniform,  with  little  variance  in  surface  water  tem- 
perature over  the  entire  bay.  The  8°C  isotherm  deepens  and  all  the  isotherms 
slope  deeper  towards  the  coast.  Seasonal  rainfall,  together  with  large  river 
runoff,  combine  to  dilute  the  surface  water  to  measurable  depths,  which 
brings  the  salinity  in  this  diluted  layer  down  to  around  33.4  jj  and  variable. 
Late  in  the  winter  the  southerly  winds  die  out,  and  strong  northeasterly 
winds  arise.  This  is  the  onset  of  the  upwelling  period.  [16] 


33 


16 


10 

8 

34.0 


33J2 


ColCOfl  ttotion  locotod  10  km 

of  fshort  ond  40  km  south  of 
Moflttrty  Bay 

jIfUIaImIj  IjUUIoInIoIj 

Month 


Figure  2.6:  Mean  temperature  and  salinity  variation  at  the  mouth  of  Mon- 
terey Bay  (station  3)  and  CalCOFI  station  during  1950-1962.(13] 


34 


During  early  upwelling  the  cool  subsurface  water  replaces  the  vacated 
surface  water,  bringing  the  surface  temperature  down  to  its  lowest  yearly 
value  of  around  10  —  11°C  The  south  and  north  bights  are  warmer  than 
the  middle  of  the  bay,  which  lead  to  a  variation  of  surface  temperature  by 
greater  than  3°C  The  isotherms  rise,  so  the  8°C  isotherm  is  usually  above 
the  100  m  mark  during  this  period.  Even  with  intermittent  upwelling  in 
the  summer,  the  water  temperature  remains  cool;  however,  the  maximum 
salinity  level  occurs  near  the  end  of  upwelling  in  the  July  timeframe.  During 
the  entire  upwelling  period,  the  salinity  is  high  because  the  rising  subsurface 
water  has  a  high  salinity  value.  [16] 

The  oceanic  period  generally  takes  place  from  July  to  November.  The 
surface  temperatures  ascend  to  their  warmest  yearly  values  to  13  —  16°C, 
but  the  temperature  varies  horizontally  throughout  the  bay  by  2  —  3°C 
The  8°C  isotherm  drops,  and  all  of  the  isotherms  slope  upward  toward  the 
coast.  There  is  usually  a  sharp  thermocline  within  the  first  50  m.  Since 
the  upwelling  has  ceased  during  this  period,  the  salinity  level  first  declines 
and  then  levels  off,  due  to  the  ingress  of  offshore  water  that  is  lower  in 
salinity. [16]. 

2.2.5  Tides 

The  tidal  pattern  along  the  west  coast  of  the  United  States  is  classified  as 
a  mixed  semidiurnal  tide.  As  shown  by  the  tidal  curve  of  Figure  2.7,  two 
high  tides  and  two  low  tides  occur  each  day;  however,  the  high  tides  are  of 
different  heights  with  respect  to  each  other.  The  same  is  true  for  the  two 
daily  low  tides.  In  Monterey  Bay,  the  tidal  range  between  the  lower  low  tide 
and  the  higher  high  tide  is  on  the  order  to  2  m  [23],  with  the  tides  arriving 
in  the  order  of  lower  low  tide,  lower  high  tide,  higher  low  tide  and  higher 
high  tide  in  a  24-hour  day  cycle. 

2.2.6  Surface  Waves 

The  waves  that  arrive  in  Monterey  Bay  hit  all  points  of  the  shoreline,  due 
to  refraction  and  defraction  of  the  waves  as  they  wrap  around  the  bay.  The 
bay  experiences  two  general  types  of  waves.  Winter  waves  occur  usually 
from  November  to  March  and  have  a  short  period  of  8-10  seconds.  These 
swells  come  out  of  the  northwest  and  are  the  product  of  local  storms  or  may 
originate  from  as  far  away  as  the  Gulf  of  Alaska.  Winter  waves  severely 
erode  beaches  because  the  short  wave  action  keeps  the  beach  face  saturated 
with  water  and  the  swash  cannot  permeate  the  sand.   Instead,  this  type  of 


Jmr 


TIDE    1 


1 

1 

1 

1 

13 

34 

36 

41 

HOURS 

60  73  14 


Figure  2.7:  Monterey  Bay  tidal  pattern. [23] 

wave  returns  as  a  backwash,  carrying  much  of  the  beach  sand  with  it  and 
depositing  the  sand  on  a  sand  bar  at  a  typical  depth  of  9  m. 

Summer  waves  have  a  longer  period  of  14-16  seconds,  arrive  at  Monterey 
Bay  from  the  southwest,  originate  in  the  Antarctic  region,  and  have  flattened 
out  due  to  the  long  travel  time.  These  waves  move  the  sand  bar  deposit  back 
to  the  shore,  so  the  beach  widens.  The  longer  wave  action  allows  the  beach 
face  to  dry  out  a  little  between  waves,  so  the  swash  permeates  the  sand  and 
there  is  no  backwash  to  carry  the  beach  away. 

Monthly  and  annual  reports  on  the  surface  wave  and  current  conditions 
along  the  California  coast  are  distributed  through  the  Coastal  Date  Infor- 
mation Program  (CDIP),  a  cooperative  program  by  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of 
Engineers  and  the  California  Department  of  Boating  and  Waterways  [24,25]. 
The  data  for  these  reports  are  gathered  by  four  types  of  ocean  measuring 
equipment: 

1.  four  gage  slope  array  for  nearshore  direction  and  energy  measurement; 

2.  surface  following  buoy  for  deepwater  wave  energy  measurement; 

3.  single  point  gage  for  nearshore  wave  energy  measurement;  and 

4.  single  point  gage  for  deep  ocean  wave  energy  measurement. 

36 


A  station  of  particular  interest  in  connection  with  the  tomography  ex- 
periment is  Station  8,  North  Monterey  Bay  buoy,  at  latitude  Z6°b6.9'N , 
longitude  122025.1'W  and  depth  of  320  m.  Figure  2.8  and  Figure  2.9  are 
two  pages  taken  out  of  the  December  1987  report  [24].  The  data  page  for  a 
period  of  time  from  9  December  to  19  December  1987,  exactly  one  year  prior 
to  the  December  1988  tomography  experiment,  provides  numerical  informa- 
tion on  significant  wave  height,  total  amount  of  wave  energy  and  the  percent 
of  energy  per  band  period.  Note  the  high  wave  energy  level  on  16  December 
1987,  with  the  greatest  energy  occuring  in  the  period  between  8-14  seconds. 
The  wave  energy  spectra  of  Figure  2.9  visually  illustrates  this  surge.  In  all 
likelihood,  a  storm  passed  through  the  area  on  this  date,  kicking  up  the 
waves. 

Based  on  a  chart  from  the  CDIP  Annual  Report  [25],  the  October 
through  December  1987  period  had  the  highest  average  wave  height.  There 
was  a  58%  seasonal  probability  that  the  significant  wave  height  would  ex- 
ceed 2  m,  32%  for  3  m  and  13%  for  significant  wave  heights  greater  than  4 
m. 

2.2.7     Internal  Waves  and  Canyon  Currents 

As  defined  by  Clay  and  Med  win  [2G],  internal  waves  "...  are  volume  gravity 
waves  having  their  maximum  vertical  displacement  amplitude  at  a  plane 
where  the  density  is  changing  most  rapidly  with  depth  or  between  two  wa- 
ter masses  of  different  densities."  A  number  of  studies  [14,23,27,28],  have 
presented  evidence  that  the  Monterey  Submarine  Canyon  commonly  has 
internal  waves  of  a  semidiurnal  nature.  The  results  of  a  conductivity- 
temperature-depth  (CTD)  time  series  for  five  stations  in  the  Monterey  Canyon 
have  indicated  that  these  internal  tides  had  heights  of  50  m  to  120  m  [27]. 

Along  the  bottom  of  the  Monterey  Canyon  the  currents  are  strong  and 
fluctuating,  with  speeds  up  to  50  cm/s  [14].  These  flows  are  generally  in  an 
upcanyon  direction,  but  in  truth  they  appear  to  have  almost  no  connection 
with  the  canyon  axis.  Cross  valley  flows  are  a  predominant  feature  along 
MSC  [23],  but  there  has  not  been  a  determination  as  to  the  cause  of  this 
phenomenon.  Tides  and  wind  direction  appear  to  have  no  relationship  to 
the  cross  currents  [23]. 

Current-meter  data  (Table  2.1)  from  MSC  provide  information  on  the 
internal  tide  up-  and  downcanyon  reversal  cycles.  Estimated  upcanyon  ad- 
vance rates  for  an  internal  wave  in  the  Monterey  Canyon  is  25  cm/sec  be- 
tween 7.5  km  and  8.5  km  away  from  the  canyon  head  (depth  of  400-375  m), 


37 


t'ORTH  MONTEREY 

DAY  DUOY 

DEC   1987 

PERCENT 

ENERGY  IN  BAND 

(TOTAL 

ENERCY  INCLUDES  RANCE  2 

348-4 

SECS) 

PST 

SIC 

HT  TOT.   EN 

SAND 

PERIOD  LIMITS  (SECS) 

DAY/TIME 

(CM 

) 

(CM  SO) 

22* 

22-18 

18-16 

16-14 

14-12 

12-10 

10-8 

8-6 

6- 

4 

9 

1501 

324 

4 

6577  5 

0  3 

0  5 

9. 

1 

23  e 

25  3 

11  4 

18  4 

7  7 

4. 

1 

9 

2100 

357 

4 

7983  0 

0  2 

0  3 

1. 

5 

25  1 

38.  3 

14  9 

10  7 

6  3 

3 

1 

10 

0300 

238 

7 

7170  B 

0  1 

0  1 

1. 

9 

116 

30  2 

23  0 

20  1 

7  9 

3 

3 

10 

0906 

309 

3 

5979. 7 

0  4 

0  4 

1 

4 

19  0 

30  9 

22  2 

13  e 

6  4 

4 

0 

10 

1523 

363 

2 

6246  9 

9  2 

5.  •» 

3. 

0 

14  9 

27  7 

20  6 

9  9 

7.  4 

2 

4 

10 

2101 

490. 

2 

15016  1 

2.  1 

16.  3 

13. 

2 

20.  1 

13  5 

13  2 

6  8 

7.  3 

6. 

0 

1 1 

0300 

461. 

5 

13308  6 

0  8 

7.  0 

19 

2 

119 

12  8 

113 

17  1 

13  9 

6 

3 

1 1 

0900 

461 

7 

13322  3 

0  4 

4  3 

14 

3 

14  3 

16  7 

21.  3 

16  8 

8  2 

4 

1 

1 1 

1503 

470 

4 

13829  8 

1  1 

2  3 

B. 

3 

11  9 

20  6 

24.  8 

15  7 

9  8 

6 

0 

1 1 

21C2 

455 

9 

12990.  1 

0.  3 

1.  7 

e. 

3 

16.  4 

20.  0 

20.  4 

18.  9 

9.  9 

4. 

3 

12 

0302 

449 

5 

12626  9 

0  2 

0  3 

2. 

1 

10  5 

36  9 

22  3 

13  1 

7  9 

3 

0 

12 

0902 

414 

0 

10714  6 

0  3 

0  3 

1 

7 

3  8 

19  0 

34  2 

18  1 

16  0 

7 

1 

12 

2059 

471. 

4 

13891. 1 

0  2 

0  2 

0 

4 

7.  2 

22  2 

20.  2 

22  6 

19  8 

7. 

6 

13 

0302 

391. 

7 

9590  0 

0  I 

0  1 

0 

2 

6.  0 

21.  0 

23.  4 

21  1 

19  1 

9 

3 

13 

09C2 

370 

2 

8567  1 

0  2 

0  2 

0 

3 

3  3 

10  5 

28.  4 

21  3 

24  2 

1  1 

8 

13 

2102 

207. 

5 

2690  8 

0  2 

0  3 

0 

3 

1  0 

11  1 

26  1 

16  4 

17.  0 

28 

1 

14 

0302 

187 

4 

2194  2 

0  1 

0  1 

0 

3 

1  2 

12  7 

18  2 

36  3 

16  2 

13 

2 

14 

0901 

133 

5 

1113  2 

0  1 

1  0 

1 

2 

4  5 

22  3 

13  8 

23  3 

19  9 

14 

2 

14 

2059 

140 

e 

1239  3 

0  2 

1  6 

23 

3 

114 

12  8 

28  6 

12  8 

6  0 

3 

7 

15 

0251 

136 

4 

1162  4 

0  2 

0  6 

18 

4 

26  4 

13.  9 

7  1 

6  3 

4  0 

23 

3 

15 

0657 

220 

1 

3027. 9 

0  3 

0  2 

3 

0 

9.  5 

7.  4 

3  9 

1  3 

37  6 

37 

1 

16 

0255 

732 

4 

33523.  8 

0  3 

0  3 

0 

4 

2.  5 

23  3 

41  3 

17  4 

9  7 

4 

9 

16 

0655 

597 

2 

22293  1 

0  2 

0.  2 

0 

9 

5  4 

26  7 

28  0 

18  9 

13  3 

7 

0 

16 

150  1 

520 

0 

16897  0 

2  1 

1  1 

0 

7 

1  9 

5.  9 

38  e 

27  3 

13  e 

e 

e 

16 

2057 

347 

e 

7559.  9 

0  1 

0.  1 

0 

5 

1.  6 

114 

31.  2 

30  6 

13  9 

9 

0 

18 
18 
IB 


17  0237 

17  0857 

17  1459 

17  2059 


0259 
1439 
2039 


309  3  3981  0 

294  3  3414. 7 

293  4  5091. 9 

263  3  4400  3 

252  5  3984  2 

207  0  2677  9 

228  8  3270.  8 


0  1 

0  I 

0  6 

0  2 

0  1 
0  2 
0.  7 


0  1 

0  1 

0  3 

0  2 


0  3 
0  3 
0    3 

0.  2 


2.  0  BO  34    4  40    0 

18  13    6  32    9  35    3 

16  20     1  36    4  20    8 

14  15.  8  34    0  23     1 


0  2  0  3 
0  7  0  3 
2.  9         0.  7 


19   0259   269  4   4337  2 


0  2   10  3 


4  3 


1  1 

0  7 

0  9 

0  4 


38 
26 
13 


28  9 
30  8 
44.  7 


10  1 

12  1 

13  6 

16  8 

16  4 

26  5 

21  6 


8  5 
11.9 
118 


1  7 


8  9   34  3   26  2   13  9 


Figure    2.8: 
data. [24] 


North    Monterey    Bay   buoy,    December    1987,    wave   energy 


38 


WAVE    ENERGY    SPECURA    DEC    1987 


20  16  12  8 

PERIOD    SEC 

NORTH   MONTEREY    BAY    BUOY 


Figure  2.9:  North  Monterey  Bay  buoy,  December  1987,  wave  energy  spectra 
graph. [24] 


39 


METER  POSITION 

AVER- 
AGE 
CYCLE 
LENGTH 

(hrs) 

DIREC- 
TION 

OF  NET 
FLOW 

AVERAGE  SPEED  (cm/sec) 

DEPTH 
(m) 

HEIGHT 

ABOVE 

FLOOR 

(m) 

UP 

DOWN 

CROSS 

155 

•> 
3 

7.2 

down 

9.2 

10.3 

4.0 

155 

30 

4.4 

up 

8.5 

6.7 

3.7 

357 

3 

8.8 

down 

13.8 

11.4 

5.2 

384 

3 

8.0 

up 

12.1 

13.1 

5.6 

1061 

■n 

j 

6.5 

up 

19.7 

16.6 

15.3 

1061 

30 

6.5 

up 

20.3 

26.0 

9.8 

1445 

8.7 

up 

13.2 

11.1 

5.8 

1445 

30 

10.0 

Up 

13.6 

10.0 

4.2 

Table  2.1:  Up  and  down-canyon  reversal  cycle  data  for  Monterey  Canyon. [23] 

and  38  cm/sec  from  7.5  km  to  2  km  up  the  canyon  (375-150  m  depth)  [28]. 

Based  on  small  amplitude  wave  theory,  a  long  wave  will  increase  in  height 
as  it  moves  into  shallow  water,  but  its  period  will  remain  constant.  As  an 
internal  wave  advances  up  the  canyon  towards  the  head,  where  it  is  narrow 
and  shallow,  the  wave  energy  may  become  focused  and  the  wave  height 
increase,  taking  on  the  appearance  of  an  internal  tidal  bore.  This  bore 
"...  is  characterized  by  a  rapid  increase  in  temperature  at  a  fixed  position, 
in  which  the  advancing  water  forms  an  abrupt  front."  An  internal  bore  at 
the  MSC  head  has  been  indicated  by  thermistor  data  showing  a  3.8°C/hr 
temperature  change.  [27] 

Broenkow  and  Smethie  [14]  conducted  a  24  hr  time  series  study  at  two 
stations  near  the  head  of  the  Monterey  Submarine  Canyon.  They  observed 
internal  tidal  oscillations  with  the  same  period  as  the  surface  tides,  but 
approximately  180  out  of  phase.  The  wave  height  was  80  m  at  a  depth  of 
130  m,  while  at  250  m  deep  the  height  of  the  wave  was  about  120  m. 

The  oscillating  internal  tide  produces  a  volume  convergence  at  flood  tide. 
During  volume  convergence,  the  denser  canyon  water  rises  above  the  rim  and 


40 


150 


Figure  2.10:  Temperature  distribution  (°C)  at  (a)  high  and  (b)  low  internal 
tide,  Monterey  Canyon  axis,  13-14  September  1979. [27] 

settles  on  the  shelf.  When  the  internal  tide  reverses  and  goes  downcanyon, 
the  dense  canyon  water  on  the  shelf  starts  flowing  back  into  the  canyon; 
however,  as  a  result  of  mixing,  surface  heating  and  inertia,  the  edge  of  this 
dense  water  remains  behind  on  the  shelf.  Figure  2.10  illustrates  volume 
convergence  and  divergence  for  13  and  14  September  1979.  A  20  m  thick 
lens  of  12°C  water  flowed  out  of  the  canyon  as  the  internal  tide  rose,  and 
remained  on  the  north  shelf  when  the  rest  of  the  dense  water  fell  back  into 
MSC  at  tidal  reversal.  This  lens  was  estimated  to  affect  an  area  of  26  km2. 
Data  indicate  that  the  volume  convergence  is  about  240xl06m3/8  hr,  which 
would  put  the  speed  of  water  crossing  the  rim  of  MSC  at  about  13  cm/s.[27] 

Internal  waves  along  Carmel  Submarine  Canyon  appear  to  follow  the 
axis,  unlike  the  situation  in  Monterey  Canyon.  The  currents  at  3  and  30 
m  above  the  floor  showed  very  similar  characteristics.  Current-meter  data 
(Table  2.2)  is  given  for  Carmel  Canyon's  up-  and  downcanyon  reversal  cycles 
for  internal  tides.  Interestingly,  almost  all  of  the  northern  cross  canyon  flows 
occurred  at  ebb  tide. [23] 


41 


MEIER  POSITION 

AVER- 
AGE 
CYCLE 
LENGTH 

(hrs) 

DIREC- 
TION 

OF  NET 
FLOW 

AVERAGE  SPEED  (cm'sec) 

DEPTH 
(m) 

HEIGHT 
ABOVE 
FLOOR 

(m) 

UP 

DOWN 

CROSS 

156 

3 

3.6 

down 

5.0 

7.6 

4.0 

205 

3 

4.1 

down 

12.4 

14.5 

4.3 

34  S 

3 

5.1 

down 

15.8 

19.5 

7.9 

1070 

3 

10.2 

down 

9.6 

15.0 

4.4 

1445 

3 

11.7 

down 

11.3 

10.3 

5.2 

Table  2.2:  Up  and  down-canyon  reversal  cycle  data  for  Carmel  Canyon. [23] 


42 


Chapter  3 

Experimental  Effort 


3.1      Experiment  Objectives 

The  December,  1988  Monterey  Bay  Acoustic  Tomography  Experiment  had 
four  goals: 

•  Investigate  the  relation  between  the  frequency-direction  spectrum  of 
surface  waves  and  the  spectra  of  travel  time  changes  in  tomography 
signals  experimentally. 

•  Investigate  the  effect  of  internal  waves  on  tomography  signals  in  a 
coastal  environment. 


• 


Investigate  the  effect  of  complex  three  dimensional  bathymetry  on  long 
range  acoustic  propagation. 

•  Test  the  first  real-time  shore-based  tomography  data  acquisition  sys- 
tem. 

The  most  significant  difference  between  this  experiment  and  other  ocean 
tomography  experiments  was  in  the  transmitted  signal.  For  this  experi- 
ment the  signal  repeated  every  1.9375  seconds,  allowing  sampling  above  the 
Nyquist  frequency  of  dynamic  ocean  processes  with  frequencies  below  0.258 
Hz,  which  includes  the  longer  period  surface  gravity  waves.  Surface  gravity 
waves  are  classified  by  their  period  length:  fully  developed  seas  -  5  to  12 
seconds,  swell  -  6  to  22  seconds,  and  surf  beat  -  1  to  3  minutes[29].  All  of 
these  could  have  observable  effects,  depending  on  their  orientation  to  the 
signal  path.    The  signal  was  also  transmitted  continuously.    In  most  other 


43 


experiments  the  signal  is  transmitted  periodically  to  reduce  the  power  con- 
sumption and  amount  of  data  to  be  recorded.  The  continuous  transmission 
permits  long  period  disturbances  to  be  investigated  without  the  aliasing 
effects  of  higher  frequency  internal  waves  and  surface  waves.  Aliasing  of 
high  frequency  energy  to  low  frequencies  could  be  a  problem  if  only  a  few, 
time-separated  transmissions  are  used.  Internal  waves  and  tidal  fluctuations 
will  be  of  much  longer  period  than  the  longest  swell  -  periods  of  8  minutes 
(internal  waves  in  shallow  water)  to  24  hours  are  possible. 

3.1.1       Location  and  Description 

The  tomography  experiment  extended  from  a  transmitter  placed  on  an  un- 
named seamount  36  kilometers  west  of  Point  Sur  to  receivers  placed  along 
the  north  side  of  Monterey  on  the  continental  shelf  between  Moss  Land- 
ing and  Santa  Cruz.  This  area  and  the  placement  of  the  transmitter  and 
receivers  is  detailed  in  Figure  3.1.  Monterey  Bay  is  a  semi-enclosed  bay 
containing  a  submarine  canyon  cut  into  the  continental  shelf.  This  canyon 
(the  largest  on  the  California  coast)  dominates  the  bathymetry  by  cutting 
the  bay  into  two  roughly  equal  halves.  The  continental  shelf  surrounding 
the  canyon  is  fairly  smooth  with  a  slope  of  1  -  2  percent  from  shore  to  a 
depth  of  90  to  100  meters  on  the  north  canyon  rim  and  approximately  180 
meters  on  the  south  rim.  The  canyon  itself  drops  sharply  from  the  shelf. 
The  axis  of  the  canyon  is  steep  with  a  grade  of  around  7  percent  for  most  of 
its  length  and  ends  in  a  fan  valley  at  a  depth  of  2925  meters.  Several  smaller 
canyons  join  the  Monterey  submarine  canyon,  most  notably  the  Soquel  and 
Carmel  canyons.  See  Chapter  2  for  more  detailed  information  on  Monterey 
Bay. 

The  initial  ray  tracing  done  in  preparation  for  the  experiment  used  a 
two-dimensional  ray-tracing  program  called  Multiple  Profile  Ray-Tracing 
Program  (MPP).  See  Section  4.1  for  a  description  of  the  two-dimensional 
ray  tracing  results.  This  program  used  various  sound  speed  profiles  and 
took  into  consideration  the  bathymetry  along  planar  paths  between  source 
and  receiver.  The  shortcoming  of  this  program  is  that  it  neglects  horizontal 
deflection  of  acoustic  energy.  Eigenrays  which  leave  a  vertical  plane  between 
source  and  receiver  can  be  reflected  or  refracted  back  to  the  receiver  in  such 
a  complicated  environment  dominated  by  rough  bathymetry.  It  is  possible 
that  there  are  stable  raypaths  which  arrive  at  the  receiver  by  bouncing  off 
the  submarine  canyon  walls  via  three-dimensional  paths  which  are  not  close 
enough  to  two-dimensional  solutions  to  be  identified.   See  Section  4.2  for  a 


44 


Figure  3.1:  Monterey  Bay  showing  the  positions  of  the  tomography  source 
and  receivers  (positions  marked  with  •).  The  source  is  at  station  A  while 
all  others  are  receivers.  The  shore  station  is  marked  with  A. 


45 


description  of  the  the  three-dimensional  ray  tracing  results  to  date. 

3.1.2      Receiver  Placement 

The  tomography  signal  receivers  for  the  experiment  utilize  fixed  hydrophones 
located  on  the  ocean  bottom  so  that  receiver  motion  would  not  cause  arrival 
time  fluctuations.  The  placement  of  the  receiver  was  dictated  by  several  re- 
quirements. First  and  most  important,  the  paths  of  the  eigenrays  must  pass 
through  the  water  that  is  of  interest  in  order  to  sample  the  sound  speed.  Sec- 
ond, there  should  be  several  eigenrays  identifiable  passing  from  the  source  to 
the  receiver  to  give  vertical  resolution.  Third,  there  should  be  enough  sepa- 
ration in  the  arrival  times  of  the  rays  traveling  along  different  paths  for  the 
received  signal  to  be  resolved  into  distinct  arrival  times.  The  area  of  interest 
in  this  experiment  is  the  Monterey  Bay  submarine  canyon  and  the  edge  of 
the  continental  shelf  along  the  north  rim  of  the  canyon.  In  order  to  sample 
the  fluctuations  due  to  surface  waves,  the  path  should  have  surface  inter- 
actions. The  greatest  effect  on  the  tomography  signal  should  occur  when 
the  ray  path  is  almost  perpendicular  to  the  direction  of  travel  of  the  surface 
waves [30].  As  can  be  seen  in  Figure  3.1,  lines  connecting  the  receivers  to 
the  transmitter  would  spread  over  an  arc  of  about  45  degrees  from  north 
to  northeast  relative  to  the  signal  transmitter.  If  the  eigenray  paths  are 
planar,  then  these  ray  paths  would  be  perpendicular  to  the  expected  swell 
direction,  that  is  from  the  west  or  northwest.  Eigenrays  and  their  travel 
times  were  predicted  using  the  program  MPP  as  described  in  Chapter  4. 
All  of  the  raypaths  had  many  surface  interactions  as  a  consequence  of  the 
shallow  location  of  the  receivers.  It  should  also  be  noted  that  moving  the 
location  of  the  receiver  a  few  meters  would  give  much  the  same  path  in  deep 
water  but  could  significantly  change  the  number  of  surface  interactions  in 
shallow  water. 

Internal  waves  will  also  have  the  greatest  effect  if  propagating  perpen- 
dicular to  the  path  of  the  ray.  The  direction  of  propagation  of  internal  waves 
in  Monterey  Bay  is  unknown  but  is  expected  to  vary  with  orientation  with 
the  submarine  canyon  rim.  Internal  tidal  bores  occur  in  submarine  canyons 
and  have  been  observed  in  Monterey  Bay  [28].  Internal  tides  force  cold, 
dense  water  over  the  rim  of  the  canyon[27].  This  may  be  one  of  the  forcing 
functions  generating  the  internal  waves.  All  the  receivers  were  positioned 
in  about  100  meters  of  water.  This  was  predicted  to  give  several  eigenrays 
without  too  many  bottom  interactions  (<10  in  most  cases)  which  could  se- 
riously attenuate  the  signal.   This  depth  still  supports  the  approximations 


46 


used  in  ray  theory  propagation  and  sea  surface  waves  are  only  beginning 
to  feel  the  effects  of  the  continental  shelf  on  their  motion[30].  The  receiver 
locations  will  be  designated  by  letters  as  are  shown  in  Figure  3.1.  Stations 
J,  L,  L-l,  and  L-2  are  located  so  that  eigenrays  will  have  relatively  little 
travel  in  the  submarine  canyon.  Their  paths  cross  the  canyon  and  continue 
up  a  fairly  gradual  slope.  Stations  G,  H,  and  I  require  the  eigenrays  to  pass 
though  the  most  complex  bathymetry  along  the  length  of  the  canyon,  which 
could  lead  to  complicated  arrival  time  fluctuations.  Station  E  has  a  path  re- 
quiring propagation  trough  100  to  200  meter  water  for  almost  20  kilometers. 
This  leads  to  many  surface  and  bottom  interactions  which  could  make  the 
signal  too  weak  to  be  received.  Position  B  is  the  closest  station  and  paths 
to  B  cross  the  Carmel  Canyon  but  not  the  Monterey  Canyon. 

3.2        Equipment 

3.2.1      Transmitter 

The  tomography  transmitter  is  a  224  Hz  resonant  system  controlled  by  a 
microprocessor  and  powered  by  batteries.  It  was  modeled  after  neutrally 
buoyant  SOFAR  floats  and  is  ruggedly  designed  for  deep  water  use.  As 
shown  in  Figure  3.2,  it  consists  of  four  quarter-wavelength  aluminum  pipes, 
each  about  two  meters  long,  and  each  driven  at  the  closed  end  by  a  piezoelec- 
tric driver.  The  system  has  a  high  Q  ,  limiting  the  useable  signal  bandwidth 
to  16  Hz  when  demodulated  to  baseband.  The  central  tube  contains  the 
batteries,  microprocessor,  digital  to  analog  converter,  amplifier,  and  clock. 
The  clock  is  a  low-power  quartz  clock  carefully  calibrated  with  respect  to 
temperature  for  very  accurate  time  keeping.  The  source  is  held  tightly  be- 
tween a  large  anchor  and  glass  flotation  balls.  A  tension  of  about  2,000 
pounds  with  only  a  1  meter  distance  from  the  anchor  is  expected  to  keep 
transmitter  motion  to  a  minimum.  Other  experiments  with  long  mooring 
distance  have  measured  the  position  of  the  transmitter  as  it  moves  in  the 
current  [2].  For  recovery,  two  acoustically  triggered  releases  are  attached 
to  a  chain  led  through  the  eye  on  the  anchor.  Only  one  release  need  op- 
erate for  recovery.  The  transmitter  used  in  this  experiment  is  one  of  those 
used  in  a  1981  experiment  off  Bermuda  and  in  several  other  experiments. 
It  transmitted  a  phase-modulated  signal  continuously  for  four  days  at  an 
approximate  source  level  of  172  dB  re  1  microPascal  at  1  meter.  This  same 
source  has  been  used  for  intermittent  transmission  of  signals  at  up  to  185 
dB  re  1  microPascal  at  1  meter.  [1,2] 


47 


30  meters 


5  meters 


Light  and  Radio  Beacon  (for 
recovery  only) 


Glass  Spheres 
for  buoyancy 


Signal  Generator  and 
Batteries 


Resonant  Tubes 


Piezoelectric  Drivers 


Acoustic  Releases 


Anchor 


Ocean  Floor  Depth  870  meters 


Figure  3.2:  The  224  Hz  resonant  tomography  source  and  mooring  configu- 
ration. 


48 


3.2.2  Receivers 

The  acoustic  receivers  used  in  the  experiment  were  modified  AN/SSQ-  57 
sonobuoys  configured  as  shown  in  Figure  33.  The  unmodified  sonobuoys 
have  a  single  omnidirectional  hydrophone  connected  by  wire  to  a  VHF  ra- 
dio transmitter,  all  powered  by  a  salt-water  battery  and  having  a  lifetime 
of  about  8  hours.  The  buoys  as  modified  used  the  same  hydrophone,  ra- 
dio transmitter  and  antenna  but  had  a  longer  life  battery  and  an  anchor 
so  that  they  could  be  used  for  a  longer  period.  During  modification,  the 
antenna  and  the  buoy  electronics  package  were  attached  to  a  building  foam 
insulation  and  plywood  float  which  also  supported  a  waterproof  battery  com- 
partment. Panasonic  LCL12V38P  wheelchair  batteries  were  used  to  power 
the  buoy.  The  battery  could  power  the  buoy  for  up  to  one  week.  The  buoys 
were  moored  using  15  pound  mushroom  anchors  and  about  250  meters  of 
polypropylene  line.  The  hydrophone  wire  was  attached  to  the  anchor  line 
so  that  the  hydrophone  would  rest  on  the  bottom  near  the  anchor.  The 
sonobuoy  electronics  packages  were  modified  by  Sparton  Electronics  (man- 
ufacturer of  the  unmodified  buoys)  and  installed  in  the  floats  and  anchor 
systems  by  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution  personnel. 

A  total  of  11  modified  AN/SSQ-57  buoys  were  prepared,  of  which  there 
were  several  failures.  In  addition  to  these,  two  experimental  Moored  Inshore 
Undersea  Warfare  (MIUW)  buoys,  AN/SSQ-58,  were  deployed.  One  MIUW 
buoy  was  deployed  with  a  modified  AN/SSQ-57  buoy  at  station  B  and  the 
other  was  deployed  alone  at  station  L-l.  The  data  recorded  from  the  MIUW 
buoys  is  probably  not  useable  for  tomography  inversions  as  the  hydrophone 
is  suspended  in  the  water  below  the  floating  buoy.  Shifts  in  the  travel  time 
of  signals  received  due  to  buoy  motion  probably  cannot  be  sorted  out  from 
arrivals  due  to  ocean  path  fluctuations. 

The  modified  AN/SSQ-57  buoys  have  an  acoustic  bandwidth  from  10  Hz 
to  20  kHz.  The  AN/SSQ.-58  MIUW  buoys  have  a  useable  acoustic  bandwidth 
from  50  Hz  to  10  kHz.  Both  types  use  an  FM  radio  transmitter  with  a 
transmitted  power  out  of  about  .5  to  1  watt  on  any  of  31  selectable  VHF 
channels. [31, 32] 

3.2.3  Acoustic  Data  Recording 

The  sonobuoys  transmit  to  a  receiver  in  a  van  located  on  Huckleberry  Hill 
during  the  experiment.  Huckleberry  Hill  on  the  grounds  of  the  Defense 
Language  Institute  (DLI)  at  the  Presidio  of  Monterey  is  one  of  the  highest 
unobstructed  points  on  Monterey  Peninsula.    The  antenna  on  the  van  is 


49 


battery 


building  foam  float 


hydrophone  wire 
attached  to  anchor  line 


mushroom 
anchor 


antenna 


sonobuoy  electronics 


approximately 
250  meters  of  line 


hydrophone  on  bottom 


Figure  3.3:    Modified  AN/SSQ-57  sonobuoy  as  used  in  the  Monterey  Bay 
Acoustic  Tomography  Experiment.  The  hydrophone  rests  on  the  bottom  to 

eliminate  motion. 


50 


about  260  meters  above  sea  level  and  can  receive  VHF  and  UHF  radio 
signals  from  Monterey  Bay  and  beyond  to  a  radius  of  about  60  kilometers, 
just  over  30  nautical  miles.  Close  along  the  coast  to  the  south  of  Point  Lobos 
there  are  areas  where  radio  shadows  exist  but  at  Point  Sur  good  reception 
begins  about  10  kilometers  off  the  coast.  Good  radio  communications  were 
maintained  throughout  the  area  of  the  experiment. 

The  sonobuoy  receiving  system,  shown  in  Figure  3.4,  consists  of  a  direc- 
tional antenna  which  feeds  the  received  signal  through  a  filter  and  pream- 
plifier to  an  AN/ARR-72  sonobuoy  receiver.  The  AN/ARR-72  is  a  multi- 
channel sonobuoy  receiver  used  by  the  U.S.  Navy  in  aircraft.  The  outputs 
from  the  receiver  are  routed  to  a  patch  panel  where  they  can  be  connected 
to  test  equipment  (for  analyzing  the  signal  as  it  is  received)  or  to  the  data 
recording  system. 

The  recording  system  uses  Yamaha  Hi-Fi  Stereo  videocassette  recorders 
(YV-1000)  which  have  been  modified  to  record  two  audio  channels,  two 
digital  pulse-code-modulated  (PCM)  audio  channels,  and  a  time  code  signal 
on  standard  commercial  videotapes.  In  this  experiment  Maxell  XL  Hi-Fi 
120  videotapes  on  extended  play  would  record  6  hours  of  data.  One  audio 
channel  on  each  tape  recorded  a  7168  Hz  synchronization  square  wave  signal 
from  a  signal  generator  stabilized  by  a  1  MHz  rubidium  frequency  standard. 
This  signal  is  used  for  accurate  demodulation  and  sampling  of  the  recorded 
data.  When  replayed,  the  time-code  signal  displays  the  hour,  minute,  and 
second  that  the  data  was  recorded.  Data  was  normally  recorded  on  the  two 
PCM  channels  of  each  recorder  but  in  a  few  cases  the  last  audio  channel  was 
also  used.  All  channels  appear  to  reproduce  the  signal  adequately,  30  Hz  to 
20  kHz  for  the  PCM  channels,  with  a  slight  lowering  in  frequency.  The  7168 
Hz  recorded  signal  is  shifted  to  7160.85  ±  0.05  Hz. 

3.2.4       NDBC  Wave  Measurement  and  ARGOS  buoys 

The  National  Data  Buoy  Center  (NDBC)  has  operated  several  types  of  di- 
rectional wave  measurement  buoys  since  1977.  The  moored  buoys  collect 
surface  wave  spectrum  and  direction  and  are  usually  equipped  with  other 
meteorological  sensors  such  as  thermometers  and  anemometers  to  help  give 
a  complete  picture  of  the  weather  affecting  the  sea  surface.  The  buoys  mea- 
sure the  surface  elevation  and  wave  slope  in  order  to  calculate  the  wave 
spectrum  and  direction.  The  method  has  undergone  extensive  testing  and 
has  been  shown  to  be  accurate  in  most  cases[33j.  The  spectrum  coefficients 
are  calculated  using  a  segmented  fast  fourier  transform  on  100  seconds  of 


51 


Antenna 


Filter 


I 


Preamplifier 


I 


AN/ARR-72 
Sonobuoy  Receiver 


2E 


Patch  Panel 


\ 


Time  Code 
Generator 


VCR#1 


l 


m. 


VCR  #2 


I 


iz 


VCR  #3 


1MHz 
Rubidium  Standard 


7168  Hz  Signal 
Generator 


Figure  3.4:  Sonobuoy  data  recording  system  located  in  the  van.  This  system 
receives  the  sonobuoy  radio  transmission,  demodulates  it  for  the  acoustic 
signal,  and  records  that  signal  on  videotape  using  pulse  code  modulation. 


52 


data.  An  average  is  made  of  19  sequential  data  segments  with  an  overlap 
of  49  seconds,  giving  the  data  28  equivalent  degrees  of  freedom.  After  cor- 
recting for  various  scaling  factors  resulting  from  the  parabolic  windowing 
used  before  the  transform,  the  data  is  ready  for  transmission.  Once  an  hour 
the  data  is  transmitted  by  the  buoy  to  the  Geostationary  Operational  Envi- 
ronmental Satellite  (GOES).  From  the  satellite  the  data  is  downlinked  and 
relayed  to  NDBC  and  other  users.  The  data  contains  information  on  wave 
height  and  direction  as  well  as  the  power  spectrum  from  0.03  to  030  Hz 
with  001  Hz  resolution.  The  three  meter  diameter  discus  buoy  in  Monterey 
Bay  (station  46042)  also  measures  wind  speed  and  direction.  The  buoy  is  lo- 
cated in  deep  water  (about  2000  meters)  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz  (36°45'N  - 
122°235'W).  Four  free-drifting  ARGOS  buoys  were  obtained  for  additional 
data  collection.  Two  of  the  buoys  were  designed  to  measure  wave  spectra  in 
much  the  same  way  as  the  NDBC  discus  buoy.  These  are  designated  TMD 
by  the  manufacturer.  The  other  two  (designated  TZD)  suspend  a  600  me- 
ter thermistor  string  below  them  to  make  temperature  measurements.  The 
buoys  were  designed  and  built  by  Polar  Research  Laboratory,  Incorporated 
and  utilize  the  ARGOS  system  for  telemetry.  ARGOS  is  a  joint  program 
of  the  CNES  (the  French  space  agency),  NASA,  and  NOAA.  The  ARGOS 
transmitters  are  a  very  simple,  small  package  (<  1  kg)  powered  by  batteries 
(approximately  200  milliwatts)  and  used  for  many  data  transmission  and 
tracking  systems.  The  transmitter  sends  a  message  of  up  to  256  bits  once 
every  minute  at  401.650  MHz  automatically,  whether  there  is  a  satellite  over- 
head or  not.  Multiplexing  occurs  at  the  receiver  through  random  timing  of 
transmissions  as  well  as  through  doppler  frequency  shifting  due  to  satellite 
motion  -  up  to  24  kHz  for  older  TIROS  low  earth  orbit  satellites  and  80  kHz 
for  newer  ones.  The  location  of  the  transmitter  is  calculated  from  doppler 
shift  measurements  made  by  the  satellite.  Normal  accuracy  for  location  is 
about  300  meters.  Typical  data  delivery  time  is  three  hours  from  uplink. 
NDBC  receives  and  processes  the  ARGOS  wave  buoy  data. [34] 

The  ARGOS  buoy  measurements  were  expected  to  supplement  the  more 
accurate  data  from  the  NDBC  moored  buoy  and  from  other  measurements. 
The  uneven  time  spacing  and  random  drift  pattern  of  the  buoys  would  de- 
crease the  expected  usefulness  of  the  data.  But  as  it  turned  out,  the  data 
from  the  buoys  was  corrected  onboard  with  erroneous  dynamical  parame- 
ters which  involved  zeroing  wave  spectral  data  less  than  zero.  This  erroneous 
correction  was  not  recoverable  and  all  data  from  the  ARGOS  buoys  was  lost. 


53 


3.2.5     Sound  Speed  Profile  Measurement 

The  vertical  structure  of  the  sound  speed  in  the  ocean  determines  to  a  large 
extent  the  path  sound  energy  will  travel  through  the  ocean.  Records  of 
many  measurements  of  the  sound  speed  profile  are  averaged  and  kept  in 
databases  in  order  to  predict  sound  propagation  through  the  oceans  and 
this  type  of  data  was  used  in  the  initial  ray  tracing  for  this  experiment. 
Fluctuations  around  this  average  profile  are  caused  by  numerous  different 
forces,  and  to  both  verify  the  climatological  data  and  to  look  for  fluctuations 
the  sound  speed  profiles  at  various  locations  were  measured.  The  speed  of 
sound  in  sea  water  can  be  found  from  an  empirically  derived  function  of 
pressure,  salinity,  and  temperature.  The  dominant  effect  in  shallow  water 
is  the  variation  of  temperature.  The  salinity  of  sea  water  can  be  calculated 
from  the  conductivity  of  the  water  and  the  depth  (or  density)  can  be  found 
from  the  pressure.  A  set  of  CTD  measurements  (conductivity,  temperature, 
density)  can  be  combined  to  generate  a  sound  speed  profile. 

In  this  experiment  a  digital,  recording,  battery-powered  CTD  measuring 
device  manufactured  by  Neil  Brown  Instruments  was  used.  This  system  is 
powered  by  a  rechargeable  battery  but  is  limited  by  its  data  storage  capac- 
ity to  about  four  hours  of  continuous  data  collection.  After  four  hours  of 
recording,  the  CTD  data  is  transferred  via  cable  to  a  personal  computer 
for  storage  on  floppy  disks.  In  addition  to  CTD  measurements  the  device 
measures  the  transmissivity  of  light  in  the  water  with  a  low  power  transmis- 
someter.  In  use,  the  CTD  device  is  weighted  to  help  it  sink  quickly  while 
being  lowered  by  cable  from  the  research  vessel.  The  device  could  be  lowered 
at  about  45  meters  per  minute  and  is  usually  raised  at  the  same  rate.  A 
battery  powered  acoustic  transmitter  is  attached  to  the  frame  of  the  CTD 
device  as  a  safety  precaution.  The  transmitter  "pings"  every  few  seconds 
and  the  received  sound  registers  on  a  recording  fathometer  trace.  As  it  nears 
the  bottom,  the  bottom  reflected  signal  grows  stronger  and  also  appears  on 
the  trace.  The  distance  between  the  two  signal  receptions  gives  the  distance 
remaining  to  the  bottom  and  so  a  collision  with  the  bottom  can  be  avoided. 

Several  problems  are  inherent  with  this  device.  Because  of  the  limited 
vertical  speed  of  the  device,  consecutive  measurements  in  deep  water  may  be 
separated  by  intervals  of  30  to  45  minutes.  Drift  of  the  deploying  vessel  can 
easily  be  greater  than  one  knot  (1.8  kilometer/hour)  and  consecutive  mea- 
surements might  be  a  kilometer  apart.  "Yo-yo"  measurements,  maintaining 
position  as  much  as  possible,  may  give  adequate  information  about  internal 
wave  amplitude  but  frequency  and  direction  will  be  difficult  to  determine. 


54 


3.2.6     Acoustic  Doppler  Current  Profiler 

The  acoustic  doppler  current  profiler  (ADCP)  transmits  four  narrow,  120 
kHz  beams  of  sound  in  pulses  from  the  bottom  of  the  research  vessel.  The 
profiler  looks  at  various  time  delays  of  sound  scattered  back  to  the  trans- 
ducers to  range  gate  the  signal.  By  measuring  the  doppler  shift  of  returned 
pulses  in  four  directions  and  comparing  it  to  the  ship's  course  and  speed  from 
the  ship's  navigation  system,  an  estimate  of  the  north-south  and  east- west 
water  velocity  as  a  function  of  depth  is  obtained.  Because  of  the  boundary 
conditions  of  internal  wave  motion,  these  create  a  characteristic  movement 
of  the  water  around  the  pycnocline  related  to  the  horizontal  motion  caused 
by  vertical  displacement  in  the  internal  wave.  This  may  appear  in  the  ADCP 
data. 

3.3      Summary  of  the  Experimental  Procedure 

The  Research  Vessel  Point  Sur,  operated  by  Moss  Landing  Marine  Labo- 
ratories for  the  National  Science  Foundation,  was  used  for  deployment  and 
recovery  of  all  equipment  as  well  as  a  platform  for  the  CTD  and  ADCP 
data  measurements.  The  van  located  on  the  hill  at  DLI  began  recording 
when  the  first  sonobuoys  were  placed  in  the  water.  The  plan  for  the  ex- 
periment was  fairly  straightforward,  but  evolved  during  the  experiment  as 
weather,  equipment,  and  luck  in  locating  deployed  equipment  began  to  af- 
fect schedules.  The  actual  chronology  of  events  is  given  in  Appendix  A. 
The  R/V  Point  Sur  was  to  begin  by  proceeding  south  to  the  seamount  and 
deploying  the  tomography  signal  transmitter.  During  the  transit  to  the 
north  rim  of  the  canyon  the  four  drifting  ARGOS  buoys  would  be  deployed. 
Upon  reaching  the  continental  shelf  at  the  edge  of  the  submarine  canyon, 
the  modified  sonobuoys  would  be  deployed,  working  from  west  to  east.  CTD 
measurements  were  to  be  made  at  each  station  and,  after  completion  of  buoy 
deployment,  the  vessel  would  proceed  to  different  parts  of  the  experiment 
area  to  make  CTD  "yo-yo"  measurements.  A  "yo-yo"  measurement  is  re- 
peated raising  and  lowering  of  the  CTD  to  resample  the  same  water  column, 
hopefully  to  gain  information  about  internal  waves  at  that  position.  At  the 
end  of  the  experiment,  96  hours  after  the  beginning,  the  equipment  would 
be  recovered,  probably  in  reverse  order  to  the  way  it  was  deployed. 


55 


3.4      Signal  Processing 

3.4.1      Signal  design 

System  Requirements 

The  basic  task  of  signal  processing  in  tomography  is  to  receive  the  tomo- 
graphic signal,  decompose  the  received  signal  into  individual  eigenray  ar- 
rivals, and  estimate  the  arrival  time  of  these  arrivals.  The  processing  should 
assist  in  improving  the  signal-to-noise  ratio  of  the  received  signal  if  this 
can  be  done  without  an  adverse  effect  on  the  received  data.  Eventually, 
the  signal-to-noise  ratio  will  limit  the  accuracy  of  the  estimation  of  the  ar- 
rival time.  This  chapter  will  discuss  the  various  questions  involved  in  signal 
design  and  processing  and  the  solutions  chosen  in  this  experiment. 

Signal  Resolution 

The  time  separation  required  of  signals  traveling  along  different  eigenrays 
can  be  predicted  by  ray  tracing  programs  such  as  MPP.  The  results  described 
in  Chapter  4  give  predictions  of  arrival  time  separations  between  consecutive 
ray  arrivals  ranging  from  2  to  500  milliseconds,  with  most  separated  by  more 
than  80  milliseconds.  In  order  to  separate  the  closest  arrivals,  the  signal 
would  have  to  be  less  than  2  milliseconds  in  duration.  The  tomographic 
source  that  was  used  in  the  Monterey  Bay  experiment  has  a  bandwidth  of 
only  16  Hz,  limiting  the  shortest  pulse  that  can  be  efficiently  transmitted 
to  about  62.5  milliseconds  (1/16  Hz).  Pulses  arriving  with  less  than  62.5 
milliseconds  separation  may  appear  as  one  pulse  of  greater  amplitude,  and 
not  be  resolvable  into  separate  pulses.  Figure  3.5  shows  an  example  of  such 
an  arrival.  In  this  experiment,  the  transmitter  bandwidth  of  16  Hz  limited 
the  signal  to  a  minimum  period  of  62.5  milliseconds,  even  though  that  could 
not  resolve  all  eigenrays  into  distinct  arrivals. 

Pulse  Compression 

A  finite  length  pulse  signal  is  the  closest  practical  equivalent  of  an  impulse 
(a  signal  of  infinitesimal  length  and  infinite  magnitude)  that  can  be  trans- 
mitted. The  amplitude  and  length  of  the  pulse  are  limited  by  the  peak 
power  and  bandwidth,  respectively,  of  the  transmitter.  An  effective  method 
of  boosting  the  peak  amplitude  is  pulse  compression.  Pulse  compression 
has  been  used  extensively  in  RADAR  applications  but  to  a  lesser  extent 
in  underwater  sound  transmission [5].  Simply  stated,  a  long  coded  signal  is 


56 


Amplitude 


Arrival  of  Two  Resolved   Pulses 


Time 


A 


Amplitude 


Arrival  of  Two  Unresolved  Pulses 


Time 


Figure  35:  Comparison  of  resolved  and  unresolved  pulses.  If  two  pulses 
arrive  without  enough  time  separation  they  will  interfere  with  one  another. 
This  figure  shows  the  case  where  they  constructively  interfere. 


57 


transmitted  and  the  received  signal  is  passed  through  a  matched  filter  which 
compresses  the  long  transmission  into  a  short,  high  energy  pulse.  One  rel- 
atively easy  technique  for  doing  this  is  to  use  maximal-length  sequences. 
This  method  uses  a  phase-modulated  carrier  signal  to  transmit  a  specific 
maximal-length  code.  The  autocorrelation  of  the  code  with  the  received  sig- 
nal produces  a  single  pulse  at  the  point  where  the  code  and  received  signal 
match  with  an  increase  in  amplitude  equal  to  the  number  of  digits  in  the 
code.  The  width  of  the  pulse  is  equal  to  the  width  of  one  individual  digit 
of  the  code.  The  length  of  the  code  is  only  limited  by  the  system  limita- 
tions for  which  it  will  be  applied  so  the  amplitude  gain  can  be  quite  large 
when  compared  to  the  power  the  transmitter  can  send  in  a  single  pulse.  Ap- 
pendix B  discusses  the  generation  and  autocorrelation  of  the  maximal-length 
sequences. 

Signal  Period 

The  maximal-length  sequence  consists  of  a  number  of  digits  determined  by 
the  order  of  the  sequence.  The  code  is  transmitted  continuously,  phase 
modulating  a  carrier  frequency,  for  the  period  of  the  sequence.  If  the  code 
is  transmitted  at  the  maximum  rate  allowed  by  the  bandwidth  of  the  trans- 
mitter, the  length  will  be  determined  as  a  compromise  between  two  charac- 
teristics: 


• 


• 


The  shorter  the  code  length,  the  greater  the  repetition  frequency  and 
the  higher  the  sampling  frequency  for  ocean  data.  This  determines  the 
highest  frequency  which  may  be  observed. 

The  longer  the  code,  the  greater  the  increase  in  signal-to-noise  ratio  of 
the  signal  and  the  more  accurately  the  arrival  time  of  the  signal  can 
be  estimated. 

The  driving  consideration  in  this  experiment  is  the  period  of  the  surface 
waves  to  be  investigated  -  fully  developed  seas  of  greater  than  5  seconds 
period.  To  sample  the  fluctuations  due  to  the  surface  waves  at  the  Nyquist 
frequency,  the  period  of  the  signal  must  be  less  than  2.5  seconds.  A  maximal- 
length  sequence  31  digits  long  transmitted  at  a  digit  frequency  of  16  Hz  has 
a  period  of  1.9375  seconds.  This  length  was  chosen  for  the  Monterey  Bay 
experiment.  As  discussed  in  Appendix  B,  the  code  is  generated  from  a 
primitive  polynomial.  The  polynomial  for  this  case  is 

g(D)  =  D5  +  D2  +  \,  (3.1) 

58 


resulting  in  the  (reverse)  code 

MT  =  [0000100101100111110001101110101].  (3.2) 

This  code  is  mapped  from  0,1  to  1,-1  and  used  to  phase  modulate  a  224 
Hz  carrier  signal.  The  transmitted  signal  is  given  by 

s(t)  =  cos(2nfct  +  M,0),  (3.3) 

where  fc  =  224  Hz  and  M,  is  the  ith  digit  in  the  (mapped)  maximal-length 
sequence.  The  power  spectrum  of  this  signal  has  an  envelope  characterized 
by  the  familiar  sin  x/x  squared  function 

PU)=(S^P\\  (3-4) 


wdf    J 

where  d  is  the  digit  period.  The  envelope  is  filled  by  impulse  functions 
separated  by  the  code  repetition  frequency.  Some  advantage  can  be  taken 
of  this.  If  6  is  chosen  so  that 

0  =  tan*1(v/77)  (3.5) 

for  N  equal  to  the  number  of  digits  in  the  code,  the  carrier  signal  will  fall 
exactly  on  the  envelope  and  result  in  the  maximum  signal-to-noise  perfor- 
mance after  demodulation  and  pulse  compression. [5] 

Arrival  Time  Estimation 

The  resulting  pulse  after  pulse  compression  of  the  maximal-length  sequence 
is  a  flat  topped  pulse  of  one  code  digit  duration.  The  estimation  of  the 
arrival  time  of  the  pulse  must  produce  two  results: 

1.  Find  a  characteristic  of  the  received  pulse  which  can  be  reliably  located 
on  each  arrival  and  the  arrival  time  estimated. 

2.  Estimate  the  uncertainty  in  the  arrival  time  estimate. 

Because  the  signal  is  transmitted  with  a  finite  bandwidth  and  suffers  some 
dispersion  during  its  travel,  the  received  signal  is  rounded  at  the  edges  of  the 
pulse,  sometimes  so  much  that  it  resembles  the  peak  of  a  Gaussian  distribu- 
tion curve.  One  method  of  finding  a  consistent  point  on  each  pulse  arrival  is 
to  correlate  the  signal  again  with  a  square  pulse  of  the  same  duration  as  the 
signal.   For  the  perfect  received  flat  topped  pulse,  this  is  the  correlation  of 

59 


two  squares,  the  result  is  a  triangle  with  the  peak  at  the  center  of  the  signal. 
In  effect,  this  gives  the  received  signal  a  sharper  peak.  Since  this  processing 
is  done  using  discrete  points  of  much  greater  separation  than  the  expected 
uncertainty  in  the  best  estimation,  the  position  of  the  peak  is  found  by  in- 
terpolation. Various  methods  such  as  parabolic  fit,  Gaussian  fit,  and  cubic 
spline  are  available  to  fit  curves  to  the  discrete  points  with  a  separation  of 
points  somewhat  less  than  the  expected  uncertainty.  The  time  of  arrival  of 
the  interpolated  (or  original)  point  with  the  highest  magnitude  is  the  arrival 
time  estimate.  If  the  code  is  transmitted  continuously  then  the  arrival  time 
is  compared  to  an  arbitrary  starting  point  recurring  at  the  code  repetition 
frequency.  The  accuracy  of  the  time  estimate  depends  on  the  bandwidth 
of  the  signal  and  the  received  signal-to-noise  ratio.  The  calculation  of  this 
type  of  non-linear  estimate  with  white  Gaussian  noise  is  discussed  by  Van 
Trees[36].  Spindel  gives  the  result  as 

<*t  = \=  (3.6) 

with  at  the  arrival  time  uncertainty,  B  the  bandwidth  of  the  signal,  and 
SNR  the  signal-to-noise  ratio. [5]  For  10  dB  signal-to-noise  ratio  and  a  16  Hz 
bandwidth,  this  equation  gives  an  uncertainty  crt  of  3.1  milliseconds. 

3.4.2      Signal  demodulation  and  correlation  system 

Analog  Processing 

The  received  acoustic  signals  from  the  sonobuoys  are  recorded  on  videotape 
for  storage.  This  analog  or  pulse-code-modulated  recording  is  played  back 
for  quadrature  demodulation  and  digitization  as  shown  in  Figure  3-6.  The 
tomography  signal  is  contained  in  a  band  16  Hz  above  and  below  the  car- 
rier frequency  of  224  Hz.  In  order  to  ensure  the  proper  frequencies  and 
timing  of  the  tape  recordings,  the  7168  Hz  synchronization  signal  is  used 
both  to  demodulate  the  signal  and  to  generate  an  interrupt  signal  for  the 
analog  to  digital  converter.  An  unsynchronized  demodulation  system  must 
demodulate  the  signal  without  knowing  its  phase.  The  received  signal  can 
be  represented  as 

s(t)  =  A  cos(2tt/ci  +  Mid  +  <j>)  (3.7) 

which  is  the  same  as  the  transmitted  signal  but  with  an  unknown  phase 
shift  cp  caused  by  the  delay  due  to  the  travel  time.  Because  this  phase 
is  unknown,  the  signal  must  be  multiplied  by  both  the  cosine  and  sine  at 


60 


7168  Hz 

synch,  signal 


Video  Cassette 

Recorder 


Pulse-Code 

Modulation  Audio 

Decoder 


1 


1 


Time  Code 

Generator/Search 

Unit 


Narrowband 
analog  signal 


Data  -  Synchronous 

Quadrature 

Demodulator 


64  Hz 
nterrupt 
Signal 


In-phase  and 

Quadrature  Signal 

Components 


Analog  to  Digital 
Converter 


Zenith 
Z-200  PC 


Figure  3.6:    Quadrature  demodulation  and  digitization  performed  in  the 
Monterey  Bay  Acoustic  Tomography  Experiment 


61 


the  carrier  frequency  to  recover  all  of  the  magnitude  of  the  signal  in  the 
baseband.  Multiplication  gives 


I(t)     =     A  cos(2tt  fct  +  M,0  +  <j>)  cos(2:r/c<) 

=     -  [cos(Mt0  +  4)  +  cos(47r/ct  +  Mt0  +  <f>)] 


(3.8) 


and 


Q(t)     =     A  cos(2?r  fct  +  M.-0  +  <f>)  cos(2tt  fct  +  -) 


A 
2 


cos(M,0  +  <)>  -  -)  +  cos(4?r/cf  +  M.-0  +  <j>  +  ^) 


(3.9) 


These  signals  are  passed  through  a  low-pass  filter  to  remove  their  high  fre- 
quency components  and  produce  the  in-phase  and  quadrature  signals 


and 


ILp{t)  =  jcos{Mte  +  <t>) 


QLP(t)  =  ^sm(Mie  +  <P) 


(3-10) 


(3.11) 


These  signals  are  now  baseband  and  limited  by  both  the  input  bandpass 
and  output  lowpass  filters  to  16  Hz  bandwidth.  Since  all  the  information 
is  contained  at  frequencies  below  16  Hz,  the  digital  sampling  rate  for  the 
signal  must  be  greater  than  the  Nyquist  frequency  of  32  Hz  to  avoid  aliasing. 
The  sample  rate  chosen  for  the  experiment  was  64  Hz.  This  gives  a  period 
between  samples  of  15.625  milliseconds,  or  four  samples  for  each  digit  in  the 
maximal-length  sequence. 

Digital  System 

The  conversion  from  analog  to  digital  data  was  accomplished  with  a  Zenith 
Z-200  PC  (6  MHz,  80286  based  machine)  equipped  with  a  MetraByte  DASH 
16F  data  acquisition  and  control  interface  board.  The  mode  in  which  the 
DASH  16F  was  used  was  to  scan  4  channels  on  receipt  of  an  external  inter- 
rupt signal  and  store  the  12-bit  voltage  code  in  memory  via  Direct  Memory 
Access  (DMA).  During  DMA  the  computer  Central  Processing  Unit  (CPU) 
is  left  free  to  execute  other  parts  of  the  program.  In  this  manner  the  code 
correlation  could  be  performed  in  parallel  with  the  analog  to  digital  conver- 
sion, resulting  in  a  large  processing  time  savings.  A  diagram  of  the  operation 


62 


Analog  to  Digital        + dian- 1> l  &  Q 

Converter  L ,       „  . .  n 

j         chan.  2, 1  &  Q 

MetraBy te  D ASH16F  ^  „ 

64  Hz  interrupt 

signal 


transfer  direct  to 
memory  via  DMA, 


\ 


\ 


r > 

Upper  Section, 
RAM  Buffer 


\ 


\ 


N 


\ 


\ 


r 


x 


a 


Lower  Section, 
RAM  Buffer 


transfer  to  program 
for  'real  time'  processing 


Maximal  Length 

Sequence 

Correlation 


i 


Coherent  Averaging 
of  16  Sequences 


Bernoulli  Box 
20  MByte 
Cartridge 


Figure  3.7:  Diagram  of  tomography  signal  data  flow  for  'real  time'  digitiza- 
tion and  code  correlation. 


63 


is  shown  in  Figure  3.7.  The  Fast  Hadamard  Transform  described  in  the  Ap- 
pendix was  used  to  perform  the  matched-filtering  for  the  code  correlation 
with  sufficient  efficiency  to  be  run  concurrently  with  the  digitization.  Equiv- 
alent programs  performing  the  correlation  using  Discrete  Fourier  Transforms 
took  approximately  300  times  as  long  to  perform  and  could  not  be  used  for 
"real-time"  processing  of  the  recorded  data.  The  in-phase  and  quadrature 
components  of  the  signal  are  combined  after  the  code  correlation  and  are 
stored  as  magnitude  and  phase.  This  results  in  about  44  kilobytes  of  data 
per  channel  per  minute.  This  data  was  stored  on  20  megabyte  cartridges 
with  a  dual  drive  Bernoulli  Box  manufactured  by  IOMEGA.  One  six  hour 
videotape  containing  two  recorded  channels  of  information  was  converted  to 
about  17  megabytes  of  data  on  each  of  two  cartridges.  In  addition  a  coher- 
ent average  of  16  time  periods  is  conducted  and  stored.  The  source  code 
for  FORTRAN  programs  to  conduct  the  signal  digitization  and  correlation 
are  contained  in  Appendix  C.  The  program  AMORE  was  used  for  the  data 
conversion  with  concurrent  code  correlation  and  is  the  program  described 
in  this  section.  The  programs  AINPUT  and  AHAD  perform  the  same  op- 
erations but  in  two  steps,  storing  the  digitized  samples  before  correlating 
for  the  maximal-length  sequence.  Both  AMORE  and  AINPUT  make  use 
of  library  routines  provided  with  the  DASH  16F  board  for  controlling  the 
board,  including  the  interrupt  handler  for  the  external  interrupt. 

3.4.3     Travel  time  estimation 

Eigenray  Arrival  Selection 

An  important  part  of  understanding  the  data  was  an  effective  display  of  the 
data.  Programs  AGRAF4  and  AGRAF5,  listed  in  Appendix  C,  were  used  to 
generate  files  of  magnitude  and/or  phase  for  plotting  routines  in  MATLAB 
and  SURFER.  MATLAB  is  a  product  of  The  Mathworks,  Inc.  of  Sherborn, 
MA  and  SURFER  is  a  product  of  Golden  Software,  Inc.  of  Golden,  CO. 
Both  routines  generate  a  plot  usually  described  as  a  "waterfall"  plot.  This 
plot  places  one  1.9375  second  period  of  the  signal  behind  another  for  up  to 
about  70  lines  so  that  any  feature  common  to  all  the  sequences  will  stand 
out  clearly.  For  the  data  coherently  averaged  for  sixteen  periods,  if  every 
other  sequence  is  skipped,  62  minutes  of  data  can  be  displayed  on  a  single 
plot.  From  these  plots  an  estimate  of  the  resolution  and  stability  can  be 
made  by  eye.  The  arrival  must  not  disappear  (an  indication  of  an  unstable 
path)  and  it  should  not  merge  or  split  with  another  arrival  (an  indication 
that  the  ray  arrivals  are  not  resolved). 

64 


Interpolation  between  Signal  Points 

The  points  of  the  received  signal  are  separated  by  the  sample  period  of 
15.625  milliseconds.  The  points  can  be  interpolated  to  a  smaller  separation 
by  using  curve  fitting.  A  cubic  spline  curve  fitting  routine  adapted  from 
Press,  et  al.,  generates  points  separated  by  0.976  milliseconds[37].  Until  this 
point  all  the  calculations  have  been  conducted  using  integer  mathematics. 
This  gives  insufficient  separation  for  selecting  the  highest  magnitude  point 
after  interpolation.  The  interpolation  is  therefore  done  with  floating  point 
decimal  mathematics  in  FORTRAN. 

Signal-to-Noise  Ratio  Calculation 

Although  the  point  interpolation  allows  the  selection  of  the  time  of  arrival 
of  the  point  of  highest  highest  magnitude  to  less  than  a  millisecond,  the 
actual  uncertainty  is  a  function  of  the  signal-to-noise  ratio.  A  pessimistic 
estimate  of  the  signal-to-noise  ratio  is  made  by  finding  the  mean  amplitude 
of  all  the  points  in  a  1.9375  second  data  string,  not  trying  to  sort  out  signal 
from  noise.  The  peak  magnitude  is  then  divided  by  this  value  to  obtain  a 
signal-to-  noise  ratio. 

Methods  of  Selecting  Peak  Magnitude 

Two  different  algorithms  were  used  to  estimate  the  arrival  time  and  signal- 
to-noise  ratio.  Both  programs  could  perform  coherent  averaging  of  con- 
secutive signal  periods  for  up  to  sixteen  periods.  This  will  increase  the 
signal-to-noise  ratio  but  reduces  the  sampling  rate  below  what  is  necessary 
for  surface  wave  data.  The  method  could  be  of  use  for  investigating  internal 
wave  frequency  fluctuations.  Both  programs  could  also  perform  a  correla- 
tion with  a  square  pulse.  This  correlation  results  in  low-pass  filtering  of 
the  data  and  smooths  out  fast  fluctuations(<  65  milliseconds)  as  well  as 
increasing  the  peak  amplitude  of  features  longer  than  65  milliseconds.  The 
noise  improvement  was  very  slight  and  the  amplitude  gain  for  arrivals  did 
not  greatly  increase  the  signal-to-noise  ratio  or  estimation  accuracy.  The 
first  program,  AGONY,  is  an  interactive  program  which  requires  the  user  to 
input  a  window  size  for  the  program  to  search  for  a  peak,  a  starting  position, 
and  a  minimum  threshold  for  the  signal-to-noise  ratio.  If  the  maximum  am- 
plitude of  the  peak  found  does  not  exceed  the  SNR  threshold,  the  program 
stops,  displays  the  signal  period  in  question  and  asks  the  operator  to  pick 
the  peak.  The  window  shifts  to  take  the  last  peak  found  as  its  starting  point. 


65 


The  second  program,  ACRID,  was  both  less  flexible  and  more  efficient.  The 
window  for  the  peak-picking  was  rigid  and  the  maximum  amplitude  found 
inside  the  window  would  be  the  chosen  arrival  peak.  If  the  signal-to-noise 
threshold  was  not  attained,  the  previous  arrival  time  would  be  repeated  with 
the  lower  signal-to-noise  ratio.  The  SNR  would  serve  as  a  flag  for  a  repeated 
arrival  but  would  still  allow  for  relatively  little  noise  contamination.  Having 
a  uniform  separation  of  the  samples  is  important  for  Fast  Fourier  Transform 
analysis  and  segmented  sample  power  spectrum  estimation.  Typical  window 
sizes  were  about  80  milliseconds  to  either  side  of  a  starting  position. 

3.4.4      Summary  of  signal  processing 

The  signal  processing  system  estimates  the  arrival  time  perturbations  from 
the  analog  recordings  through  the  following  procedure: 

1.  The  signal  passes  through  a  band-pass  filter  to  remove  any  out-of- 
band  noise. 

2.  The  signal  is  quadrature-demodulated  to  baseband  and  low-pass  fil- 
tered to  remove  the  high  frequency  components. 

3.  The  signal  in-phase  and  quadrature  components  are  sampled  at  64  Hz 
and  digitized. 

4.  The  Fast  Hadamard  Transform  is  used  to  matched-filter  for  the  maximal- 
length  sequence  code  and  the  result  is  stored. 

5.  Given  a  certain  window  around  an  eigenray  arrival,  the  arrival  time  of 
the  ray  is  estimated  with  respect  to  an  arbitrary  code  starting  position, 
and  the  signal-to-noise  ratio  is  calculated. 

6.  The  geophysical  time  (clock  time)  of  the  data  point,  time  of  arrival, 
peak  magnitude,  and  signal-to-noise  ratio  are  stored.  This  stored  data 
contains  the  fluctuations  due  to  path  length  and  sound  speed  pertur- 
bations and  will  be  the  input  data  for  the  tomographic  inversion  to 
estimate  the  ocean  conditions. 


66 


3.5      Experimental  Results 

3.5.1      General  Summary  of  Data 

Acoustic  Data 

Approximately  300  hours  of  acoustic  data  was  recorded  on  videotapes.  This 
data  varied  because  of  the  location  of  the  receivers  and  inconsistencies  in 
the  operation  of  the  equipment.  Ambient  noise  at  all  stations  was  often 
stronger  than  the  224  Hz  signal  but,  after  the  maximal-length  sequence  cor- 
relation, all  sonobuoys  which  functioned  showed  some  ray  arrival  signature. 
The  amplitude  of  the  received  signal  varied  with  time  but  does  not  appear  to 
correlate  with  tidal  fluctuations.  Interfering  acoustic  sources  were  dolphins, 
whales,  and  fishing  boats.  Of  these,  only  the  fishing  boats  adversely  affected 
the  signal  reception.  Radio  frequency  interference  occurred  to  a  greater  de- 
gree than  expected,  with  most  channels  having  some  minor  interference  and 
a  few  having  the  sonobuoy  signal  completely  blocked  for  several  minutes. 
Some  of  the  identified  sources  of  interference  were  a  pocket-pager  trans- 
mitting station,  walkie-talkies  used  by  personnel  at  the  Defense  Language 
Institute,  marine-band  radios,  vehicle  dispatch  radios,  and  the  McDonald's 
Restaurant  radio-intercom  for  their  drive-up  window.  Most  of  the  interfer- 
ence only  degraded  the  signal  for  short  periods  and  only  on  a  few  channels. 
The  following  is  a  short  description  by  station  of  the  received  data  from  the 
time  the  transmitter  was  activated: 

•  Station  B  -  1710  12DEC  to  0250  13DEC  This  is  the  shortest  path  and 
has  several  resolved  arrivals.  The  buoy  appears  to  have  broken  free 
or  been  dragged  away  in  the  early  morning  of  the  second  day.  The 
signal-to-noise  ratio  until  then  was  good. 

•  Station  B-l  (MIUW)  -  1700  12DEC  to  0130  16DEC  Several  resolved 
arrivals  are  present.  The  arrival  structure  appears  stable  but  moves 
quickly,  apparently  due  to  buoy  motion.  The  fluctuation  in  arrival 
time  due  to  buoy  motion  probably  cannot  be  sorted  out  of  the  motion 
due  to  path  and  sound  speed  fluctuations. 


• 


Station  E  -  1430  13DEC  to  2400  15DEC  Only  very  unstable  arrivals 
with  a  low  signal-to-noise  ratio  are  present.  This  path  travels  through 
shallow  water  for  longer  than  any  other  path  and  bottom  losses  may 
have  reduced  the  signal  below  a  useable  level. 


67 


•  Station  G  -  1300  14DEC  to  2400  15DEC  This  stations  early  data 
was  lost  because  of  a  malfunctioning  receiver.  The  data  shows  one 
fairly  stable  arrival  and  several  unstable  arrivals.  This  ray  path  travels 
through  most  of  the  Monterey  Canyon. 

•  Station  H  -  1330  13DEC  to  2230  15DEC  Several  unstable  arrivals  are 
present,  usually  with  a  low  signal-to-noise  ratio.  Two  dimensional  ray 
tracing  may  be  inadequate  to  predict  the  paths  of  eigenrays  which 
reach  this  buoy  at  the  head  of  Soquel  Canyon. 

•  Station  I  -  1300  13DEC  to  2200  15DEC  Usually  several  arrivals  with 
good  signal-to-noise  ratio  are  present.  The  arrivals  have  large  magni- 
tude fluctuations  and  the  paths  seem  to  be  unstable  over  a  period  of 
hours.  Again,  the  complex  bathymetry  may  lead  to  unstable  three- 
dimensional  raypaths. 

•  Station  J  -  1300  14DEC  to  1400  15DEC  This  ray  path  has  simpler 
bathymetry  than  paths  to  G,  H,  and  I.  After  the  path  crosses  the 
canyon  the  path  has  a  steady  grade  into  shallow  water.  Several  re- 
solved rays  with  good  signal-to-noise  ratio  are  present.  This  data 
record  is  short  because  the  first  sonobuoy  at  this  position  never  func- 
tioned and  the  second  failed  after  25  hours. 

•  Station  L  -  1000  13DEC  to  2000  14DEC  Many  arrivals  with  good 
signal-  to-noise  ratio  are  present  but  some  of  the  strongest  are  some- 
times unresolved.  This  path  also  had  simple  bathymetry  with  a  steady 
slope  into  shallow  water  after  crossing  the  canyon.  Poor  reproduction 
from  a  faulty  PCM  encoder  may  have  contributed  to  loss  of  signal 
at  some  points.  Back  up  audio  tapes  will  be  examined  to  see  if  the 
recording  is  better. 

•  Station  L-l  (MIUVV)  -  1400  14DEC  to  1900  15DEC  This  buoy  required 
the  replacement  of  a  circuit  board  before  it  could  be  deployed.  The  ray 
arrivals  varied  from  two  resolved  arrivals  to  many  unresolved  arrivals. 
The  shifts  due  to  buoy  motion  are  not  as  apparent  as  for  station  B-l. 

•  Station  L-2  -  This  buoy  failed  and  was  immediately  recovered.  Data 
for  Station  J  will  be  presented  as  an  example  data  set. 


68 


Surface  Wave  Data 

The  NDBC  moored  surface  wave  buoy  operated  as  designed  and  hourly  re- 
ports of  the  surface  wave  power  spectral  density,  wave  direction,  barometric 
pressure,  and  temperature  for  the  entire  experiment  have  been  received. 
This  data  will  be  compared  to  the  data  derived  from  tomography  in  the 
same  frequency  band.  Unfortunately,  all  the  data  from  the  ARGOS  drifting 
buoys  is  unusable.  The  algorithm  used  in  calculating  the  power  spectral 
density  from  the  accelerometer  inputs  uses  the  lowest  frequency  information 
(0.01  and  0.02  Hz)  to  calculate  a  noise  correction  factor.  Somewhere  in  the 
process  an  error  was  made  and  since  neither  the  raw  data  nor  the  correction 
factor  is  transmitted  or  recorded,  the  correct  results  cannot  be  calculated. 
The  data  from  the  moored  NDBC  buoy  should  be  sufficient. 

Sound  Speed  Profile  and  Current  Measurements 

The  data  taken  during  conductivity,  temperature  ,  and  density  (CTD)  mea- 
surements and  by  the  acoustic  Doppler  current  profiler  is  being  analyzed  at 
Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution.  The  sound  speed  profile  results  for 
two  positions  near  the  path  to  Station  J  will  be  presented.  The  ADCP  data 
is  not  ready  at  the  time  of  writing. 

3.5.2      Station  J  Data 

Station  J  Eigenray  Prediction 

The  bathymetry  along  a  two  dimensional  slice  between  the  transmitter  and 
the  receiver  and  the  eigenray  predicted  MPP  are  shown  in  Figure  3.5.2 
as  described  in  Chapter  4.  Although  the  eigenray  was  predicted  from  a 
historical  sound  speed  data  base,  the  measured  profile  in  deep  water  very 
nearly  matched  and  the  original  prediction  is  probably  accurate  enough  until 
a  three  dimensional  prediction  can  be  made.  The  single  eigenray  predicted 
has  few  interactions  with  the  surface  or  bottom  before  reaching  the  the  shelf 
water.  Once  in  the  shallow  water  of  the  shelf  the  ray  has  many  reflections. 
The  number  of  bounces  predicted  was  seven  but  a  small  change  in  the  angle 
of  the  ray  could  easily  double  or  halve  the  number  of  surface  interactions  in 
the  last  8  kilometers  before  the  receiver. 


69 


0.00 


7.25 


14.50 


21.75 


29.00 


36.25 


43.50 


50.75 


58.00 


RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  3.8:  Two  dimensional  ray  path  predicted  using  MPP.  This  eigenray 
connects  the  source  at  Station  A  to  the  receiver  at  Station  J. 


70 


Measured  Sound  Speed  Profiles 

Sound  speed  profiles  from  two  positions  near  the  ray  path  connecting  the 
transmitter  and  Station  J  are  shown  in  Figures  3. 5. 2  and  3.5.2.  Figure  3.5.2 
shows  the  profile  for  shallow  water  at  36°51.095'N  -  122°04.798'Wr,  near 
Station  J.  The  profile  in  Figure  3.5.2  is  from  deep  water  at  36°32.906'A^  - 
122o16.210'W\  near  the  transmitter.  Both  profiles  show  two  traces,  one  for 
measurements  while  the  CTD  instrument  is  descending  and  the  other  while 
its  ascending  through  the  water  column.  The  difference  between  the  curves 
where  the  sound  speed  gradient  is  steepest  is  evidence  of  internal  waves. 
The  difference  in  depth  of  a  certain  sound  speed  gives  a  minimum  vertical 
displacement  for  the  internal  wave  but  gives  no  information  about  the  period 
or  actual  amplitude  of  the  oscillation.  The  two  points  at  30  meters  on  Figure 
3.5.2  are  about  4  minutes  apart,  based  on  a  30  meter  per  minute  rate  for  the 
CTD.  Similarly,  in  Figure  3.5.2,  the  100  meter  points  were  crossed  about  an 
hour  apart,  based  on  a  45  meter  per  minute  rate.  Analysis  of  the  CTD  "yo- 
yo" measurements  may  give  information  on  the  deep  water,  lower  frequency 
internal  waves  however  no  "fast"  measurements  were  made  in  shallow  water. 
Using  the  CTD  measurements,  the  Brunt-Vaisala  frequency  at  the  density 
gradient  can  be  calculated  as 


n  =  J-^  (3.12) 


for  depth  z,  density  r,  and  gravitational  acceleration  g.  The  Brunt-Vaisala 
frequency  is  the  highest  where  the  gradient  is  greatest.  In  the  case  of  the 
shallow  water  with  the  sound  speed  profile  shown  in  Figure  3.5.2,  the  min- 
imum period  (maximum  frequency)  the  gradient  will  sustain  is  about  8.3 
minutes.  The  density  gradient  can  support  much  longer  period  oscillations 
also.  [4] 

Received  Acoustic  Signal 

The  data  recorded  for  Station  J  only  covers  25  hours  during  the  experiment 
because  of  failures  in  the  first  and  second  modified  sonobuoys  placed  there. 
The  received  signal  shows  three  or  four  ray  arrivals  throughout  the  function- 
ing span.  All  of  the  arrivals  fluctuate  in  strength  over  time.  Shown  in  Figure 
3.11  is  an  example  of  the  received  signal.  This  plot  is  the  result  of  coher- 
ent averaging  of  16  sequences  and  then  only  plotting  every  other  averaged 
sequence.   The  data  shown  covers  62  minutes  for  each  plot  and  is  used  for 


71 


Soundspced 

(m/s) 

o 

M8J    JJ           I486    67           1490 

00          M9J    JJ          1496 

67          1500    00 

o 

• 

1 

o 

o 

o. 

n> 

o 

-\ 

o 

0) 

<< 

tJ 

S 

o. 

O 

o 

o 

—i 

/ 

o 

I 

o 

o 

o. 

o 

o 

en 

o 

o 

O 

> 

*-»       * 

—1 

3-    °- 

4           If 

o 
o 

O 

3 

a> 

^ 

T3 

ij< 

o  - 

zr 

o 

o 

< 

o. 

O 

o 

o 

c 

D. 

^ 

1/) 

o- 

X3 

o 
o 

0) 
CL 

a 

o- 

o 

o 

Figure  3.9:  Sound  speed  profile  from  near  Station  J.  Note  that  any  ray  path 
will  be  refracted  downward.  The  trace  has  two  lines,  one  as  the  CTD  goes 
down  and  the  other  as  it  is  brought  back  to  the  surface. 


72 


Soundopeed 

(M,/S) 

o 

o 

\*S*    00                1483    00 

M92    00                 M9t 

00               liOO    00 

o 

o 

3 

Kl 

*s 

n> 

o. 

o 

r^ 

-\ 

o 

\ 

O) 

o 

f^ 

*. 

J 

o 

o. 
o 

/ 

— < 

o 

/) 

o 

o 

Ji 

o 

O 

0> 

=t) 

(7i 

o. 

JI 

o 

£) 

*  o 

A 

a 

ra   0 

X) 

v 

> 

~- 

)\ 

—1 

IT 

y 

, — •.  a 

If 

o 

3    o 

[/ 

rt> 

o 

\ 

■D 

o 

1 

IT 

\ 

< 

o  . 

o 

1 

to 

o 

} 

o 

o 

t/J 

i 

O 

\ 

c 

\ 

13 

ls» . 

o 

\ 

O- 

o 

\ 

i/i 

o 
o 

\ 

CD 

\ 

CL 

*•  - 

\ 

o 

\ 

o 

I 

c 

\ 

o 

Figure  3.10:  Sound  speed  profile  from  near  mid-Bay.  This  profile  is  typical 
of  the  profiles  found  in  deep  water  at  the  time  of  the  experiment  and  very 
close  to  the  profile  used  in  MPP  for  eigenray  prediction. 


73 


determining  which  arrival  to  track  for  the  travel  time  fluctuation  data.  The 
orientation  of  the  plot  assists  in  visually  integrating  the  data  to  spot  char- 
acteristics recurring  at  the  code  repetition  frequency.  The  remaining  plots 
for  Station  J  are  in  Appendix  D.  Note  that  the  data  from  different  video- 
tapes has  a  new  arbitrary  starting  point  for  timing  the  arrival  estimations. 
This  random  displacement  is  unimportant  when  measuring  ocean  perturba- 
tions with  periods  somewhat  shorter  than  six  hours.  If  investigation  of  tidal 
frequency  phenomenon  was  a  goal  of  this  experiment  then  some  method 
of  synchronizing  the  different  data  sets  would  be  required.  The  individual 
eigenray  arrivals  can  be  located  (for  stable  paths)  on  different  tapes  by  ob- 
serving the  location  of  a  ray  relative  to  the  others.  The  analysis  of  one  ray 
arrival  will  be  shown  to  demonstrate  the  data  for  travel  time  fluctuations. 
In  Figure  3.11,  the  selected  arrival  has  its  peak  at  about  0.85  seconds  after 
the  arbitrary  start  point  as  shown  on  the  sequence  repetition  time  scale. 
While  the  signal-to-noise  ratio  of  this  arrival  varies,  there  is  always  enough 
so  that  it  can  be  measured  during  the  25  hour  interval. 

Travel  Time  Fluctuations 

The  arrival  time  is  estimated  by  finding  the  peak  of  the  ray  arrival  signal. 
The  absolute  travel  time  is  something  around  50  seconds  and  is  not  mea- 
sured. Each  cycle  of  the  maximal-length  code  is  the  same  as  the  others  and 
cannot  be  identified.  Moreover,  since  the  fluctuation  of  the  absolute  travel 
time  is  the  same  as  the  fluctuation  in  the  arrival  time  as  measured  from  an 
arbitrary  starting  point,  only  the  latter  will  be  measured.  The  arrival  time 
estimation  vs.  time  for  the  selected  arrival  shown  in  Figure  12  is  shown  in 
Figures  13  and  14.  The  uncertainty  calculated  from  the  signal-to-noise  ratio 
is  between  2.5  and  4.5  milliseconds  for  most  of  the  estimates.  The  perturba- 
tions have  a  peak-to-peak  amplitude  of  about  50  milliseconds.  Also  visible 
are  some  lower-frequency  oscillations. 

3.5.3     Analysis  of  Arrival  Time  Fluctuations  at  Surface  Wave 
Frequencies 

The  power  spectral  density  of  the  arrival  time  fluctuations  caused  by  the  sur- 
face waves  should  reflect  the  power  spectral  density  measured  by  the  NDBC 
surface  wave  measurement  buoy.  The  power  spectral  density  of  the  arrival 
time  perturbation  was  estimated  using  a  segmented  Fast  Fourier  Transform. 
The  individual  segments  were  chosen  to  be  64  samples  long  to  match  the 
frequency  resolution  of  the  NDBC  data.   Approximately  2.2  hours  of  data 

74 


Slgnol     Magnitude     Squared  Slot  Ion     J    1 4DEC88 


vO 


3 

CD 

^*\ 

Cl 

sn 

ffi 

• 

o 

o 

r- 

vj 

3 

o 

■■■ 

vO 

J^ 

ZT 

ro 

O 

c 

_. 

~i 

o 

V) 

• 

~ t 

VI 

TJ 

0) 

m 

H 

sn 

r\) 

0.00   0.25   0.50   0.75   1.00   1.25   1.50   1.75 
Se  quence  Rep  It  It  Ion  T I me  (  seconds) 


Figure  3.11:  Received  acoustic  signal  after  Hadamard  transforming  for  max- 
imal-length sequence  from  Station  J,  14DEC88  1855  to  1957  PST.  Each  line 
is  31  seconds  of  data  coherently  averaged  to  one  1.9375  second  period.  The 
earliest  period  is  in  the  foreground  and  the  latest  is  at  the  back. 


<b 


& 

<tf 

h_ 

y> 

*-^ 

T> 

XI 

r 

< 

o 
o 

k_ 

<]> 

(1) 

V) 

*? 

C3 

*^ 

0) 

c 

E 

o 

i- 

Q_ 

■c 

Cfl 

m 

> 

CO 

Arrival  Time  Estimate,  Station  J 


14  December  1988 


0.90 


0.85- 


0.80- 


0.75- 


0.70 


18.90 


19.00  19.10  19.20 

Pacific  Standard  Time  (decimal  Hours) 


19.30 


19.40 


Figure  3.12:  Arrival  time  estimate  for  Station  J  from  1855  to  1924  PST 
on  14Dec88.  The  fast  fluctuations  in  arrival  time  are  due  to  surface  waves 
changing  the  path  length.  Lower  frequency  oscillations  from  other  causes 
are  also  seen. 


76 


2? 

<fl 

•D 

A 

C 

k_ 

o 

< 

o 

<D 

Q> 

to 

«r 

CO 

*-> 

0 

c 

E 

o 

1- 

0- 

•c 

(0 

TO 

> 

eo 

fc_ 

< 

0.90 


Arrival  Time  Estimate,  Station  J 


14  December  1988 


0.85- 


0.80 


0.75 


0.70 


19.41 


19.51  19.61  19.71 

Pacific  Standard  Time  (decimal  hours) 


19.81 


19.91 


Figure  3.13:  Arrival  time  estimate  for  Station  J  from  1925  to  1955  PST 
on  14Dec88.  The  fast  fluctuations  in  arrival  time  are  due  to  surface  waves 
changing  the  path  length.  Lower  frequency  oscillations  from  other  causes 
are  also  seen. 


77 


points  provides  64  segments  for  128  degrees  of  freedom.  An  example  of  the 
arrival  time  power  spectrum  is  shown  in  Figure  3.14.  The  resolution  band- 
width is  0.00806  Hz.  This  value  is  used  to  normalize  the  magnitude  so  that 
other  spectra  of  the  same  data  will  have  a  directly  comparable  magnitude 
although  a  different  resolution  bandwidth  is  used.  Note  that  the  segmented 
transform  method  sums  (instead  of  averaging)  the  result  of  the  FFT's  so 
that  the  total  power  will  contribute  to  the  magnitude.  [38]  The  power  spec- 
trum from  surface  waves  provided  by  the  National  Data  Buoy  Center  has 
already  been  described.  An  example  of  the  wave  data  is  shown  in  Figure 
315.  The  spectral  resolution  is  0.01  Hz.  Additional  sea  surface  and  arrival 
time  spectra  are  included  in  Appendix  D.  A  comparison  of  the  arrival  time 
and  surface  wave  power  spectra  immediately  shows  agreement  in  the  general 
shape  and  frequency  distribution  with  the  largest  concentration  of  power  in 
the  long  period  swell  frequency  region  of  0.07  to  0.09  Hz.  The  arrival  time 
spectrum  also  shows  a  smaller  but  still  significant  peak  at  about  0.03  Hz. 
This  is  a  longer  period  than  is  normally  observed  for  sea  swell  in  the  Pacific. 
This  frequency  of  fluctuation  is  higher  than  can  be  attributed  to  internal 
waves  and  must  be  due  to  a  path  length  change,  but  either  a  modulation  on 
the  swell  or  an  extremely  long  period  wave  could  cause  it.  A  possible  expla- 
nation is  "beating"  between  two  systems  of  long  period  swell  propagating 
in  slightly  different  directions.  A  source  of  this  surf  beat  could  be  swell  that 
has  been  reflected  or  refracted  off  the  shallow  water  or  shoreline  along  the 
north  side  of  the  Bay.  The  arrival  time  spectrum  shows  a  nearly  white  noise 
floor.  This  is  due  in  part  to  the  random  uncertainty  in  the  estimation  of 
the  arrival  estimation.  All  fluctuations  of  higher  frequency  than  0.258  Hz 
will  spread  out  the  arrival  pulse  width  and  lower  the  signal-to-noise  ratio, 
contributing  to  the  uncertainty.  The  spectrum  for  the  surface  wave  buoy 
data  does  not  show  this  kind  of  noise.  The  algorithm  for  calculating  the 
wave  data  calculates  a  noise  correction  factor  from  the  two  lowest  frequency 
data  points,  0.01  and  0.02  Hz,  and  applies  this  to  the  rest  of  the  data.  Since 
the  accelerometer  calculations  are  most  sensitive  to  noise  and  least  sensitive 
to  motion  at  the  lower  frequencies  this  is  convenient.  Unfortunately,  the 
energy  seen  by  the  tomography  signal  may  indicate  that  "zeroing"  the  low 
frequencies  may  not  always  be  correct. 


78 


W5 

C 

a 

o 

u 
■»- 

G. 
C/3 


0.012 


Arrival  Time  Power  Spectrum 
Station  J  14DEC88  2001  PST 


0.05  0.1  0.15 

Frequency  (Hz) 


0.25 


Figure  3.14:  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from  2.2 
hours  of  arrival  times  series,  1855  to  2107  14  Dec88  PST. 


79 


Sea  Surface  Spectrum 
NDBC  Buoy  14Dec88  2000  PST 


N 


£ 
E 

GJ 

u 

»~ 
53 

fC 

o 

to 


oo  - 
?0  - 

OR  - 

OC\  - 

1S  - 

m  _ 

l  u 

r  - 

o 
0- 

^       

0.00 


0.05  0.10  0.15 

Frequency  (Hz) 


0.20 


0.25 


Significant  Wave  Height  4.10  m 
Average  Period     9.67  sec 
Dominant  Period  12.50  sec 
Dominant  Direction  308°N 


Figure  3.15:  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay  at  2000  PST 
on  14  Dec88  as  taken  from  the  NDBC  wave  measuring  buoy  southwest  of 
Santa  Cruz. 


80 


3.5.4  Analysis  of  Arrival  Time  Fluctuations  at  Internal  Wave 
Frequencies 

The  magnitude  of  time  fluctuations  at  internal  wave  frequencies  is  expected 
to  be  of  somewhat  lower  magnitude  than  fluctuations  due  to  surface  waves. 
Figure  3. 5. 2  shows  a  sound  speed  difference  of  only  5  meters  per  second 
across  the  thermocline,  a  change  of  only  0.33%.  The  surface  wave  causes  a 
300  times  greater  time  perturbation  for  the  same  amplitude  as  an  internal 
wave.  To  begin  analysis  of  the  data,  the  time  perturbation  data  series  was 
detrended  by  subtracting  the  mean  and  then  low-pass  filtered  with  an  8th 
order  Chebyshev  digital  filter  to  a  cutoff  frequency  of  .01  of  the  original  max- 
imum digital  frequency.  Oscillations  of  period  greater  than  6.4  minutes  pass 
through  the  filter  including  any  perturbations  due  to  internal  waves.  The 
result  for  Station  J  is  shown  in  Figures  3.16,  317,  3.18,  and  3.19.  This  data 
appears  to  show  the  presence  of  several  different  frequencies  but  segmented 
FFT  methods  were  unsuccessful  in  measuring  their  distribution.  It  is  prob- 
able that  the  the  record  length  before  the  oscillations  become  uncorrelated 
is  not  long  enough  to  form  a  statistically  significant  group  and  still  have 
the  frequency  resolution  necessary  to  analyze  the  waveform.  Other  methods 
such  as  the  Prony  method,  maximum  entropy  method,  or  a  frequency-time 
spectral  density  may  identify  these  frequencies[37,38]. 

3.5.5  Summary  of  experimental  results 

For  the  stations  analyzed  to  date,  many  of  the  acoustic  arrivals  are  observed 
to  be  resolved  and  stable.  The  arrivals  shown  in  Figure  3.11  illustrate  a  typ- 
ical arrival  pattern  for  about  an  hour.  The  strong  central  arrival  is  present 
in  the  Station  J  data  for  the  17  hours  that  the  sonobuoy  was  operating. 
The  lowpass-filtered  arrival  time  of  that  central  peak  is  shown  in  Figures 
3.16,  3.17  and  3.18.  A  key  result  is  that  tidal  effects  do  not  destroy  the  sta- 
bility of  the  multipath  arrival  that  has  traversed  the  Monterey  Submarine 
Canyon.  This  result  bodes  well  for  the  stability  of  arrivals  in  a  permanent 
tomography  system  in  the  Bay. 


81 


Arrival  Time  Perturbation  Station  J  14DEC88  1317  - 1855 


0.1 


0.08- 


C/3 

0.06 

C 

o 

o 

CJ 

v. 

c 
n 

0.04 

ca 

.c 

w. 

0.02 

0- 

« 

> 

"E 

o 

< 

■0.02 


-0.04 


13 


15  16  17 

Pacific  Standard  Time  (hours) 


19 


Figure  3.16:  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes). 


82 


0.05 


Arrival  Time  Perturbation  Station  J  14DEC88  1855  -  15DEC88  0052 

T 


20  21  22  23 

Pacific  Standard  Time  (hours) 


Figure  3.17:  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes). 


83 


Arrival  Time  Perturbation  Station  J  15DEC88  0052  -  0647 


0.04 


-0.05 


2  3  4  5 

Pacific  Standard  Time  (hours) 


Figure  3  18:  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes).  High  amplitude  after  0400  is  due  to  low  SNR  during 

storm. 


84 


Arrival  Time  Perturbation  Station  J  15DEC88  0647  - 1226 


8  9  10  11 

Pacific  Standard  Time  (hours) 


13 


Figure  3.19:  Arrival  time  data  for  Station  J  lowpass  filtered  to  0.00258  Hz 
(Period  =  6.4  minutes). 


85 


Chapter  4 

Modeling  Effort 

4.1      The  Multiple  Profile  Ray-Tracing  Program 

4.1.1      Description 

The  analysis  tool  that  was  the  basis  for  the  selection  of  receiver  locations 
in  Monterey  Bay  for  the  December  1988  tomography  experiment  is  called 
the  Multiple  Profile  Ray-Tracing  Program  (MPP).  Originally  written  as  five 
separate  programs  by  Ocean  Data,  Inc.,  for  the  Office  of  Naval  Research 
[35].  the  MPP  program  has  evolved  to  its  present  form  through  extensive 
modification  by  John  Spiesberger  of  the  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institu- 
tion. This  program  computes  transmission  loss  and  arrival  structure  for  the 
eigenrays  that  it  determines  will  arrive  at  a  fixed  receiver,  from  a  source  at 
a  fixed  depth.  The  ocean  is  modeled  with  a  range-dependent  sound  speed 
profile  (SSP).  variable  bottom  depth  and  bottom  reflectivity.  Transmission 
loss  is  calculated  under  a  variety  of  options,  including 

1.  asymptotic  treatment  of  caustics  with  rms  or  fully  coherent  addition 
of  the  two  paths  in  the  interference  region  of  the  airy  functions; 

2.  surface-image  interference  at  the  source;  and 

3.  source  and/or  receiver  vertical  directivity  patterns. 
Output  generated,  based  on  a  successful  finding  of  eigenrays,  are 

1.  all  input  data; 

2.  ray  trajectories  at  arrivals; 


86 


3.  sequential  signature  groups; 

4.  precise  angle,  time  and  intensity  at  a  limited  number  of  range  points 
using  quadratic  interpolation; 

5.  transmission  loss  versus  range; 

6.  plot  of  eigenray  path  from  source  to  receiver;  and 

7.  stick  plot  of  transmission  loss  versus  arrival  time  for  the  eigenrays. 

4.1.2      Program  Flow 

Figure  4.1  is  a  block  diagram  of  the  program  flow,  with  input  files  shown  on 
the  left  side  of  each  routine  and  output  files  on  the  right  side  of  the  routine 
block.  The  command  file  runart  is  called  upon  to  execute  the  routines 
writefiles2art,  mppl,  mpp2cout(lst  pass),  zofth ,  post63  and  mpp2cout(2nd 
pass),  after  an  input  data  file  has  been  created  by  the  user.  The  routine 
nrayfil2  is  used  to  generate  the  ray  tracing  and  stick  plot  graphs  from  binary 
data  in  file  TAPE16.DAT  and  TAPE  20.DAT. 

Writefiles2art  is  a  small  routine  that  separates  and  reformats  the  user- 
generated  input  data  into  six  different  files.  These  six  files  are  accessed  by 
the  other  programs  that  runart  executes.  Zofth  is  another  short  routine  that 
plots  initial  angle  versus  the  depth  at  which  its  ray  path  arrives  that  the 
receiver  location  (range).  Most  of  these  rays  do  not  arrive  at  the  receiver, 
i.e., they  are  beyond  the  vertical  miss  allowance.  For  the  simulation,  a  ray 
has  to  come  within  a  vertical  distance  of  15m  from  the  receiver,  either  above 
or  below.  Since  the  receiver  was  placed  lm  below  the  receiver.  Post63  is  the 
eigenray  post-processor  routine.  It  determines  the  eigenrays'  arrival  angle  at 
the  receiver,  creates  file  TAPE16.DAT  which  is  used  by  nrayfil2  to  generate 
the  ray  trace  graph,  and  produces  a  printout  enumerating  the  eigenrays  in 
three  sorted  lists,  based  on  increasing  travel  time,  decreasing  initial  angle 
and  increasing  transmission  loss.  The  function  and  logical  flow  of  the  four 
main  programs,  used  to  determine  and  plot  the  eigenrays  at  a  given  receiver 
location,  will  be  described  in  more  detail. 

Mppl 

Mppl  is  the  second  routine  called  by  the  command  file  runart.  Its  purpose 
is  to  determine  the  sectors  within  the  region  between  two  range-stipulated 
input  SSPs.    These  sector  determinations  are  required  for  calculating  ray 


87 


input.dat  — 


writcfilcs2art 


,-MPPI.DAT 

MPP2.DI 

MPP2.D2 

ZOFTII.DAT 

POST63.DAT 
*  CFPLT.DAT 


MPP1.DAT-- 


MIT2.DI. 

PROFIl.E.IMT 

QANFII.E.DAT 

CONF1I.E.DAT 

SPCFI1.E.DAT 

TAPF.I4.DAT 

TAPE40.DAT 


1   mppl 


mpp2cout  (1st  pass) 


.MPPl.OUT 
PR0F1LE.DAT 
QANFILE.DAT 
CON4.DAT 
CONFlLE.DAT 
SPCFILE.DAT 
SSP.OUT 
TAPE14.DAT 
TAPE40.DAT 


,-MPP2.01 
TAPE6I.DAT 
TAPE63.DAT 
-TAPE15.DAT 


ZOFTII.DAT 
TAPEI5.DAT 


zoith 


ZOFTII.OUT 


POST63.DAT 
TAPE63.DAT 
TAPEI4.DAT 


post63 


■POST63.0UT 

TAPEJ6.DAT 

•TAPE17.DAT 


MPP2.D2. 

TAPEI7.DAT 

PROFH.E.DAT 

QANFI1.E.DAT 

COM"!  I.E. DAT 

SPCFILE.DAT 

TAPE14.DAT 

TAPE40.DAT 


TAPE16.DAT--- 
TAPE20.DAT-  - 


nipp2cout  (2nd  pass) 


"      nraylil2 


-TAPE20.DAT 
MPP2.02 
TAPE61.DAT 

TAPE63.DAT 
TAPE15.DAT 
PLOTFILE 


ravTile.RAY 
ravfile.LEN 
NRAYPI.OT 
STICKPLOT 

ravcoor.dat 


Figure  4.1:  MPP  block  diagram  with  input  and  output  files. 


88 


paths  in  mpp2cout.  Mppl  also  uses  the  input  bottom  data  to  assemble  the 
bottom  profile  and  tabulate  the  bottom  loss  as  a  function  of  grazing  angle 
in  each  of  the  range  domains.  If  a  loss  function  is  specified  as  "Modified 
Rayleigh",  the  program  tabulates  it  on  a  variable  mesh  to  yield  accurate 
values  by  linear  interpolation. 

Sectors  can  be  either  triangular  or  rectangular.  Rectangular  sectors  ease 
the  computational  crunching  of  the  ray  path  determination  logic,  and  speeds 
up  the  computer  time.  Sector  determination  begins  with  a  comparison  of  the 
sound  speed  at  the  very  bottom  of  the  first  SSP  (sspl)  versus  the  very  bottom 
of  the  second  SSP  (ssp2).  If  sspl  equals  ssp2  at  the  bottom,  then  a  horizontal 
line  is  attached  between  the  two  points,  and  the  next  higher  profile  values 
for  sspl  and  ssp2  are  compared.  If  the  two  values  are  not  identical,  then 
a  triangular  sector  will  be  specified.  Once  one  sector  has  been  determined 
to  be  a  triangle,  the  entire  upper  region  will  be  triangularized,  even  though 
all  shallow  points  of  the  two  SSPs  may  match.  The  only  way  to  have  all 
rectangular  sectors  is  to  have  completely  identical  SSPs. 

Mpp2cout(lst  pass) 

Mpp2cout(lst  pass)  is  the  first  half  of  the  eigenray  processing  programs.  The 
main  program  is  very  small,  but  it  calls  seven  subroutines  that  in  turn  call 
other  subroutines.  The  first  subroutine,  ctll,  inputs  data  and  takes  care  of 
initialization.  The  program  then  loops  through  the  rest  of  the  subroutines, 
until  it  equals  the  number  of  passes  that  the  user's  input  file  stipulated  as  a 
maximum  number  of  passes.  The  first  subroutine  in  the  loop,  reset,  locates 
the  sound  speed  triangular  section  that  encompasses  the  receiver. 

The  next  subroutine,  ctl2,  is  the  longest  and  accomplishes  the  most. 
After  initialization,  it  determines  the  initial  velocity  sector  for  the  ray  and 
the  direction  that  the  ray  will  go.  As  the  ray  travels  toward  the  receiver. 
ct!2  computes  the  ray  intersections  with  sector  boundaries  (top,  bottom  and 
sides),  stores  parameters  and  checks  for  bottom  reflections.  Next,  it  calcu- 
lates the  spreading  factors  and  performs  a  check  for  caustics.  If  there  is  a 
caustic,  it  locates  the  caustic  for  both  curved  and  straight  rays.  Continuing, 
this  subroutine  updates  the  intensity  derivatives  for  bottom  reflection,  sur- 
face reflection,  sector  crossings  and  region  crossings,  and  the  transmission 
loss  is  then  updated.  After  arrival  information  is  stored,  then  the  ray  is 
checked  to  see  if  it  should  be  cut.  The  following  are  reasons  to  cut  a  ray: 

1.  ray  has  reached  maximum  range  (ray  range>target  range); 


89 


2.  ray  angle  too  steep  (ray  has  reflected  at  an  angle>  85; 

3.  max  bottom  reflections  exceeded  (as  stipulated  by  the  user); 

4.  max  turning  events  exceeded  (the  total  number  of  bottom  reflections, 
bottom  horizontals,  surface  reflections  and  surface  horizontals  have 
exceeded  the  maximum  number  of  turning  points  as  stipulated  by  the 
user). 

The  rays  that  were  not  cut  are  now  sorted  in  increasing  angle  order  by  the 
subroutine  sort61.  The  second  biggest  subroutine,  iterat,  then  determines 
the  relationship  of  the  uncut  rays  with  the  receiver  at  the  target  range.  It 
also  extrapolates  new  rays  and  checks  the  angle  loss  tolerance  for  these  new 
extrapolated  rays.  All  of  the  uncut  rays  have  one  of  the  following  ray/target 
relationships: 

1.  good  bracketted  source  depth  (IDENT=2),  where  a  pair  of  rays  verti- 
cally surround  the  receiver; 

2.  good  diffraction  field  (IDENT=3),  where  a  pair  of  rays  do  not  bracket 
the  source  but  they  appear  to  be  within  the  receiver's  focus  or  conver- 
gence region; 

3.  badly  bracketted  source  depth  (IDENT=4),  where  a  pair  of  rays  fail 
the  criteria  for  the  above  relationships; 

4.  bad  diffraction  field  (IDENT=5),  where  the  ray  pair  appear  to  be 
within  the  receiver's  focus,  but  they  are  outside  of  the  time  tolerance: 

5.  good  bracketted  source,  two  eigenrays  (IDENT=6); 

6.  badly  bracketted  source,  two  eigenrays  (IDENT=7);  and 

7.  bad  signature  pair  of  rays  (DENT=8),  which  is  the  most  common 
ray/target  relationship,  resulting  from  the  ray  pair  being  too  close  to 
each  other. 

Mpp2cout  concludes  by  calling  subroutines  clean,  which  removes  the 
deletable  angles  from  file  TAPE61,  and  dump63,  which  prints  out  the  ray 
status  for  all  uncut  rays.  The  program  then  increments  the  pass  number 
counter  and  starts  all  over  again. 


90 


Mpp2cout(2nd  pass) 

The  second  pass  of  mpp2cout  is  the  eigenray  plotting  run  and  is  logically  very 
similar  to  the  first  pass  of  mpp2cout.  It  is  executed  after  post63.  This  run 
begins  with  the  "good  bracketted  source"  and  "good  diffraction  field"  rays 
that  were  first  identified  in  mpp2cout  (1st  pass)  and  post-process  in  post63. 
A  trace  for  each  of  these  rays  is  produced.  The  following  information  is 
provided  in  the  trace  at  every  surface  reflection,  bottom  reflection,  refraction 
and  caustic  along  each  ray's  path: 

1.  range  (km). 

2.  depth  (m), 

3.  angle  (deg), 

4.  time  (sec), 

5.  loss  (dB), 

6.  number  of  caustics, 

7.  arrival  number, 

8.  number  of  surface  horizontals  (refractions), 

9.  number  of  surface  reflections, 

10.  number  of  bottom  horizontals  (refractions), 

11.  number  of  bottom  reflections,  and 

12.  total  number  of  turning  points. 

Another  main  difference  between  the  two  passes  is  that  this  second  pass 
generates  the  file  TAPE20.DAT,  used  by  nrayfi!2  to  graph  the  ray  plots 
and  stick  plots.  For  each  coordinate  on  the  ray  trace,  not  just  the  turning 
points,  TAPE20.DAT  stores  the  range  (km),  depth  (km),  angle  (radians)  and 
sound  speed  (km/sec).  In  the  beginning  of  this  pass,  angle  values  are  read  in 
from  file  TAPE17.DAT.  Otherwise,  mpp2cout  (2nd  pass)  goes  through  the 
same  logical  flow  as  mpp2cout(lst  pass),  and  is  the  final  eigenray  processing 
program  executed  by  the  command  file  runart. 


91 


Nrayfil2 

The  routine  nrayfil2  is  called  by  the  user  after  the  command  file  runart 
has  executed  all  of  the  eigenray-determining  programs  and  eigenrays  have 
been  identified.  Since  nrayfi!2  is  used  to  generate  the  ray  tracing  and  stick 
plot  graphs,  there  is  no  reason  to  execute  this  routine  if  there  are  not  any 
eigenrays.  This  routine  should  be  run  immediately  after  the  programs  exe- 
cuted by  runart  determine  one  or  more  successful  eigenray(s),  or  else  rename 
TAPE16.DAT  and  TAPE20.DAT  files  so  that  they  can  be  accessed  later  by 
nrayfil2. 

There  are  six  options  that  can  be  accessed  in  this  program  :  1.  make, 
2.  inspect,  3.  rayplot,  4.  stick,  5.  add,  and  6.  delete.  "Make"  has  to 
be  the  first  option  specified  since  it  generates  two  files  of  ray  data  that  is 
used  by  the  other  options  It  requires  ass  input  the  files  TAPE16.DAT  and 
TAPE20.DAT  that  were  generated  for  the  last  executed  MPP  run.  The 
output  file  name,  has  to  be  all  capitalized  and  end  in.  RAY.  If,  for  example, 
the  user  specifies  the  ray  file  name  as  RCVR2.RAY,  this  "make"  option 
creates  a  file  with  that  name  and  another  file  with  the  name  RCVR2.LEN. 
Both  are  needed  for  the  other  options. 

"Inspect"  allows  the  user  to  inspect  the  rays  and  to  store  all  of  the  ray 
coordinates  in  the  file  RAYCOORCAT.  These  ray  coordinates  are  used  to 
graph  the  ray  trace,  and  include  the  values  of  range,  depth,  angle  and  sound 
speed  for  every  specified  point  on  the  ray  trace  graph.  "Add"  allows  a  new 
ray  to  be  added  to  an  existing  ray  file,  while  "delete"  removes  an  unwanted 
ray  from  the  ray  file. 

The  last  two  options  plot  graphs.  "Rayplot"  will  plot  the  ray  trace  of 
one  or  more  rays,  based  on  the  inputted  ray  file  name.  For  the  first  ray  file 
stipulated,  a  list  of  all  the  initial  ray  angles  are  displayed  on  the  screen,  after 
the  user  has  specified  the  graph  dimensions  and  titles.  The  user  indicates 
the  ray  angle  that  is  to  be  plotted,  and  has  the  option  of  plotting  more  rays 
on  the  same  graph  or  stopping.  Another  ray  file  can  be  accessed,  and  those 
angles  can  be  added  to  the  graph  with  the  first  ray  file  angles.  The  graph 
data  is  placed  in  the  N RAYPLOT  file,  which  is  then  plotted.  The  ray  traces 
in  Appendix  A. 2  were  produced  with  this  option.  "Stickplot"  graphs  the 
transmission  loss  for  all  the  rays  that  are  contained  in  the  user-specified  ray 
file.  The  only  input  options  are  graph  dimensions,  graph  title  and  ray  file 
name. 


92 


4.1.3     MPP  Input/Output 

The  focus  of  this  effort  was  to  recommend  the  locations  for  six  receiver 
hydrophones  that  were  used  in  the  December,  1988  tomography  experiment, 
and  to  provide  eigenray  and  travel  time  information  related  to  each  site.  The 
recommendations  were  based  on  the  results  from  two-dimensional,  range 
and  bathymetry  dependent,  ray  tracing  computer  simulations  for  various 
locations  in  and  around  the  bay,  as  well  as  a  preliminary  assessment  of  the 
oceanographic  and  geo-acoustic  environment  of  the  region.  This  section  will 
identify  the  receiver  locations  that  were  addressed,  the  input  parameters 
used  in  the  MPP  computer  program,  and  the  results  from  the  simulations. 

Simulated  Receiver  Locations 

Seventeen  locations  for  possible  receiver  hydrophone  placement  were  tested 
using  the  MPP  program.  These  points  are  on  the  continental  shelf  surround- 
ing the  Monterey  Canyon,  from  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz  to  Pacific  Grove, 
excluding  the  Monterey  Seaside  nearshore  area  where  a  direct  ray  from  the 
Point  Sur  seamount  (source  location)  could  not  reach.  All  of  these  sites  are 
shallower  than  100m,  and  the  hydrophone  in  the  simulation  were  placed  1 
m  above  the  sea  floor. 

All  of  these  locations  were  selected  for  specific  reasons.  Figure  4.2  de- 
lineates the  position  of  these  receiver  location  in  the  area  of  Monterey  Bay, 
while  Table  4.1  provides  the  specific  position.  Any  eigenrays  arriving  at 
receiver  numbers  6  and  7  will  have  traveled  through  Carmel  Canyon  the 
trough  of  Monterey  Canyon.  Sites  4,  8  and  15  are  in  the  general  area  of 
the  Monterey  Canyon  head,  where  internal  waves  are  at  their  highest  am- 
plitudes. Receiver  5  is  located  on  the  edge  of  the  south  wall  of  Monterey 
Canyon,  and  was  selected  for  comparison  between  rays  going  through  the 
narrow  part  of  MSC  and  those  that  do  not.  Any  eigenrays  that  receiver  14 
would  pick  up  have  traveled  right  down  the  Monterey  Canyon  in  the  granite 
wall  formation.  Locations  3,  9,  10,  12  and  13  surround  the  Soquel  Canyon. 
Finally,  receiver  positions  1,  2,16  and  17  are  out  of  Monterey  Bay  and  would 
have  eigenrays  that  traveled  through  the  trough  of  Monterey  Canyon,  where 
the  floor  is  wider. 

Input 

For  each  receiver  location  of  interest,  an  input  file  was  created  that  provided 
the  MPP  routines  with  the  following  information: 


93 


Figure  4.2:  Receiver  hydrophone  locations  for  ray  tracing. 


91 


RCV 
NO 

LOCATION 

LONGI- 
TUDE 

LATITUDE 

RANGE 

(km) 

DEPTH 

(m) 

1 

SW  of  Santa  Cruz 

122°09.60'W 

36°53.10'N 

59.35 

97.76 

2 

SSW  of  Santa  Cruz 

122°05.00'W 

36°51.20'N 

57.99 

90.44 

3 

Head  of  Soquel 
Canyon 

121°57.35'W 

36°51.75'N 

63.87 

90.44 

4 

\V  of  Moss  Landing, 
Monterey  Canyon 
north  wall 

121°52.20'W 

36°48.65'N 

63.49 

90.44 

5 

W  of  Salinas  River 
mouth,  Monterey- 
Canyon  south  wall 

121°54.10'W 

36°45.00'N 

56.51 

90.44 

6 

N\V  of  Point  Pinos 

121'58.35'W 

36°39.25'N 

44.43 

90.44 

7 

WSW  of  Point 
Pinos 

121°59.25'W 

36°37.60'N 

42.02 

50.21 

8 

\V  of  Pajaro  River 
mouth 

121°51.00'W 

36°50.00'N 

67.49 

54.00 

9 

ENE  of  Soquel 
Canyon  head 

121°54.90'W 

36°57.00'N 

67.15 

4S.38 

10 

N  of  Soquel  Canyon 
head 

121C57.40'W 

36°52.75'N 

68.39 

44.72 

11 

North  wall,  west  of 
Soquel  Canyon 
juncture 

122°01.55'\V 

36°48.80'N 

56.04 

90.44 

12 

North  wall,  Soquel 
Canyon 

121°59.65'\V 

36°50.25'N 

59.72 

90.44 

13 

East  side,  Soquel 
Canyon  juncture 

121°57.90"W 

36°48.65'N 

58.53 

90.44 

14 

North  wall  of 
Monterey  Canyon, 
prior  to  Soquel 
Canyon  juncture 

121°55.00'W 

36°48.25'N 

60.36 

90.44 

15 

Near  head  of 
Monterey  Canyon 

121°50.20'\V 

36°47.90'N 

64.36 

90.44 

16 

SW  of  Santa  Cruz, 
nearshore 

122°03.50'W 

36°54.50'N 

66.20 

45.00 

17 

W  of  Santa  Cruz, 
nearshore 

122°08.17'W 

36°56.50'N 

67.47 

48.93 

Table  4.1:  Position,  range  and  depth  of  simulation  receivers. 


93 


1.  range  and  depth  of  source; 

2.  range  and  depth  of  receiver; 

3.  minimum  and  maximum  angle  range  for  the  eigenray  search; 

4.  number  of  initial  rays; 

5.  number  of  turning  points  and  bottom  reflections; 

6.  sound  speed  profile  (SSP)  data; 

7.  bathymetry  data  from  source  location  to  beyond  the  receiver  location; 
and 

8.  bottom  reflectivity  values,  i.e.,  loss  for  a  given  angle. 

MPP  sets  limits  on  some  of  the  input  variables.  For  instance,  the  max- 
imum number  of  initial  rays  is  80,  the  maximum  number  of  points  in  the 
SSP  is  100,  the  maximum  number  of  bottom  loss  domains  is  five  and  the 
maximum  number  of  bathymetry  points  is  62.  The  source  an  receiver  were 
placed  lm  above  the  floor;  other  wise,  negative  initial  rays  would  have  been 
deleted  immediately.  All  of  the  individual  input  files  contained  exactly  the 
same  information  on  the  source  position,  SSP,  initial  rays,  turning  points 
and  bottom  reflection  data.  The  source  and  receiver  were  always  placed  lm 
above  the  sea  floor. 

A  15  December  1987  sound  speed  profile  (Figure  4.3),  generated  by  a 
computer  system  called  ICAPS  [39],  was  used  for  both  SSP  curves  in  each 
individual  file.  The  ICAPS-generated  sound  speed  profiles  for  an  approx- 
imate source  position  (36°21'N,  122°18'W)  and  a  general  receiver  position 
in  the  bay  (36°50'N,  121°51'W)  were  identical  down  to  a  depth  of  360  m. 
which  was  the  cutoff  for  the  receiver  area  SSP.  The  MPP  computer  rou- 
tines triangularize  all  sectors  between  two  inputted  sound  speed  profiles  if 
the  SSPs  do  not  begin  at  the  same  maximum  depth,  which  complicates  the 
ray  tracing  calculations  and  requires  much  longer  processing  time.  Since  it 
was  advantageous  to  have  rectangular  sectors  for  the  SSP  region,  the  deeper 
ICAPS  SSP  (source  location)  was  specified  for  both  the  source  location  and 
for  spot  about  2  km  beyond  the  receiver  location.  This  did  put  the  profile 
through  the  sea  and  shelf  floor  in  all  areas.  The  exact  values  used  for  the 
sound  speed  profile  in  the  MPP  computer  simulation  are  specified  in  Table 
4.2.  each  receiver  location's  input  file  contained  the  following  parameters 
with  associated  valued: 


96 


1.  source  depth  =  831.1  m  and  source  range  =  00  km; 

2.  minimum  and  maximum  angles  allowed  in  eigenray  search  =  -15. 0  to 
-10.0,-10.0  to  -5.0,-5.0  to  0.0  to  5.0,5.0  to  10.0  and  10.0  to  15.0  degrees 
(six  separate  computer  runs); 

3.  minimum  and  maximum  angles  allowed  in  eigenray  search  =  31; 

4.  maximum  number  of  passes  allowed  for  ray  search  =  100; 

5.  total  number  of  turning  points  or  reflections  allowed  =  350; 

6.  maximum  number  of  bottom  reflections  =100; 

7.  number  of  loss  domains  =  1;  and 

8.  bottom  loss  at  angles  of  0  and  90  degrees  =  0.0  dB. 

This  data  facilitated  a  "best  case"  simulation  in  which  there  was  no 
bottom  loss  when  rays  bounced  off  the  sea  floor  and  canyon  walls  (total 
reflectivity),  while  allowing  for  a  large  number  of  surface  and  bottom  reflec- 
tions. 

The  range  value  for  each  receiver  was  determined  by  a  computer  program 
that  used  the  longitude  and  latitude  of  both  source  and  receiver  positions 
to  determine  the  range  and  bearing  from  source  to  receiver.  This  program 
included  a  correction  for  search  curvature.  Table  4.1  gives  the  range  and 
depth  for  all  17  locations. 

Bathymetry  values  along  a  straight  line  from  source  to  receiver  were 
manually  extracted  from  a  NOAA  ocean  bottom  contours  chart  [40].  The 
selected  depths  were  generally  contour  rings  of  some  multiple  of  100  fath- 
oms. Every  once  in  a  while  a  significant  reading  (based  on  the  author's 
subjectivity)  that  wasn't  a  contour  ring  was  included  in  the  bathymetry 
data  to  provide  a  more  relevant  and  accurate  bottom  profile.  The  maxi- 
mum number  of  bathymetric  points  that  could  be  entered  per  input  file  was 
62,  but  none  of  the  files  contained  more  than  50  points.  The  distance  of  each 
bathymetric  point  from  the  source  location  was  calculated  by  using  linear 
interpolation  between  source  and  receiver  positions.  All  points  beyond  the 
receiver  were  considered  to  be  at  the  same  depth  as  the  receiver  location 
for  this  simulation.  The  program  appeared  to  prefer  this  little  idiosyncrasy, 
but  the  eigenray  results  were  not  affected.  The  bathymetric  data  for  all  17 
receiver  hydrophone  sites  are  provided  in  Appendix  A.l. 


97 


I  I 

1460        1470  1460  1400  1500 

SOUND  SPEED  (M) 


1510 


1520 


1530 


Figure  4.3:  Typical  December  sound  speed  profile  for  Monterey  Bay. 


98 


DEPTH  (m) 

SOUND  SPEED 

(m's) 

DEPTH  (m) 

SOUND  SPEED 

(m's) 

0. 

1509.46 

321. 

1487.08 

16. 

1509.40 

327. 

1486.41 

43. 

1509.85 

357. 

1485.00 

58. 

1500.48 

390. 

1485.18 

65. 

1497.5S 

43S. 

1484.04 

68. 

1496.60 

451. 

1483.47 

S2. 

1494.S2 

475. 

1483.49 

95. 

1492.64 

600. 

14S2.32 

116. 

1490.60 

800. 

14S1.S9 

12S. 

14S9.7S 

1000. 

14S2.54 

150. 

14S9.91 

1200. 

1483.73 

169. 

1489.18 

1500. 

1486.26 

230. 

14S9.26 

2000. 

1491.44 

273. 

14S7.77 

2500. 

1498.67 

2S7. 

14S8.01 

3000. 

1506.65 

291. 

1487.32 

3290. 

1511.51 

303. 

1487.53 

Table  4.2:  December  sound  speed  profile  values  for  Monterey  Bay  region. 


99 


Output 

More  that  100  computer  runs  were  performed  to  determine  possible  eigen- 
rays  with  associated  travel  time  and  transmission  loss  for  the  December 
tomography  experiment.  In  a  majority  of  these  runs,  no  eigenrays  were 
identified.  This  Monterey  Bay  experimental  region  is  a  particularly  tough 
area  to  conduct  a  tomography  experiment  due  to  the  wide  fluctuations  in 
the  sea  floor.  The  MPP  program  would  drop  a  ray  if  it  ever  exceeded  a  ±85 
deg  angle  anywhere  along  its  path.  Most  of  the  time  when  a  ray  hit  one  of 
the  steep  canyon  walls,  the  ray  would  bounce  off  at  greater  than  85.  A  few 
of  the  rays  exceeded  the  maximum  number  of  turning  points  or  reflections 
that  was  stipulated  in  the  input  file,  and  thus  were  dropped  along  the  way 
of  the  ray  search. 

The  MPP  program  identified  rays  that  either  bracketted  the  receiver 
or  were  within  the  diffraction  field.  The  bracketing  rays  were  shown  to 
arrive  at  the  receiver,  and  will  be  considered  eigenrays.  The  diffraction  field 
rays  passed  through  the  receiver's  focus  or  convergence  zone,  but  did  not 
necessarily  arrive  at  the  receiver.  For  this  simulation,  the  maximum  vertical 
distance  that  a  ray  could  miss  the  receiver  was  stipulated  at  ±15  m.  Of  the 
58  rays  that  the  program  identified,  17  diffraction  field  rays  were  outside 
of  the  vertical  miss  tolerance.  These  17  rays  are  not  considered  eigenrays 
and  have  been  eliminated  from  post-program  analysis.  Twenty-six  of  the 
remaining  41  rays  arrived  at  location  17. 

Nine  locations  had  no  rays  arriving  at  the  receiver.  These  were  sites 
3,  6,  9,  10,  11,  12,  14,  15  and  16.  Five  of  these  positions  are  in  the  area 
of  Soquel  Canyon,  one  was  near  the  head  of  Monterey  Canyon,  another 
(receiver  14)  was  at  a  position  selected  for  its  difficult  ray  path  due  to  the 
winding  canyon,  the  seventh  was  off  of  Point  Pinos  in  a  shallow  area,  and 
the  last  was  in  the  shallow  nearshore  area  of  Santa  Cruz.  The  results  for  the 
other  eight  receiver  spots  will  be  outlined  and  a  table  of  all  eigenrays  with 
initial  angle,  arrival  angle,  travel  time  and  transmission  loss  will  follow  the 
output  discussion. 

An  interesting  result  occurred  for  receiver  location  16  when  the  source 
was  positioned  down  the  slope  in  front  of  the  seamount  at  the  9130  m  depth 
(which  changed  the  range  to  64.0  km),  instead  of  on  the  top  of  the  seamount 
where  the  source  was  placed  for  all  of  the  other  simulations.  Four  eigenrays 
in  the  0  to  -5  range  now  arrived  at  receiver  16  when  before  all  rays  were 
lost.  On  top  of  the  seamount  these  initial  rays  bounced  off  of  the  seamount 
immediately  and  were  driven  upward,  eventually  to  be  lost  by  exceeding 


100 


TRAVEL  TIME 

(sec) 

INITIAL  ANGLE 
(degrees) 

ARRIVAL 
ANGLE 

(degrees) 

TRANSMISSION 
LOSS  (dB) 

47.0753 

-2.8463 

-32.0741 

93.6 

47.4651 

-2.9378 

-54.3062 

94.1 

47.4652 

-4.6413 

-54.3904 

94.2 

47.4872 

-2.9774 

55.7486 

94.1 

Table  4.3:  Eigenray  information  for  site  16  based  on  change  of  source  place- 
ment. 

the  85  deg  angle.  However,  on  the  side  of  the  seamount  they  continued  at 
downward  trace  until  they  refracted  up  (did  not  hit  the  bottom).  Table  4.3 
provides  data  on  these  four  eigenrays.  For  the  simulation,  the  source  was 
placed  on  the  top  of  the  mount  because  the  author  felt  that  in  the  actual 
experiment,  it  would  be  easier  to  moor  the  source  on  the  top  rather  than 
at  some  particular  point  on  the  slope  of  the  seamount.  This  is  just  one 
indication  that  the  eigenray  arrivals  are  very  sensitive  to  both  source  and 
receiver  placement. 

Because  a  16  Hz  bandwidth  pseudo-random  phase-encoded  signal  of 
1.9375  s  duration  is  planned  to  be  used  in  the  December  experiment,  a 
separation  of  ray  arrivals  by  1/16  Hz  (62.5  ms)  is  necessary  for  resolving 
those  arrivals  [5].  Also,  the  entire  bundle  of  eigenrays  must  arrive  at  the 
receiver  with  a  total  separation  time  of  under  1.9375  s.  The  description  of 
the  output  is  based  on  this  requirement. 


Receiver  Location  1.  Receiver  1  was  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz  on  the 
continental  slope  not.  far  from  the  canyon  edge.  Eigenrays  would  have  to 
travel  along  a  path  that  brings  them  over  the  deepest  but  widest  part  of 
Monterey  Canyon  in  this  experimental  area.    Two  eigenrays  at  initial  an- 


RCVR 

TRAVEL 

TIME 

(sec) 

RAY  SEPA- 
RATION 

(sec) 

INITIAL 
ANGLE 

(degrees) 

ARRIVAL 
ANGLE 

(degrees) 

TRANS- 
MISSION 
LOSS  (dB) 

1 

40.0920 

40.0920 

2.0837 

20.1333 

98.1 

40.1353 

0.0433 

-3.9048 

23.5287 

95.9 

2 

39.3994 

39.3994 

-14.8056 

-17.1602 

95.9 

4 

45.7964 

45.7964 

-9.5632 

-51.3754 

95.6 

45.9304 

0.1340 

-5.9567 

-28.2386 

84.8 

45.9312 

o.ooos 

-5.9841 

40.3657 

83.5 

5 

43.4764 

43.4764 

6.4800 

56.6509 

97.7 

7 

28.6596 

28.6596 

3.6113 

41.5440 

92.1 

28.7173 

0.0577 

1.7916 

6.2005 

79.0 

29.2176 

0.5003 

1.7497 

55.4856 

S9.6 

29.2177 

0.0001 

1.5429 

55.105S 

90.5 

8 

49.7370 

49.7370 

6.4S25 

-34.7151 

106.0 

49.S610 

0.1240 

6.4969 

-39.4762 

105.7 

49.8610 

0.0000 

6.4969 

-39.5973 

105.7 

13 

39.6526 

39.6526 

-13.6680 

-33.1896 

83.7 

Table  4.4:  Eigenray  information  for  sites  1,2,4,5,7,8  and  13. 

gles  of  2.0837  and  -3.9018  deg  were  identified  (Table  4.4).  These  two  rays 
have  a  fairly  clean  ray  path.  After  leaving  the  seamount  with  one  possible 
bounce,  the  rays  travel  along  the  sound  channel  axis  track  until  they  hit 
the  north  wall  of  the  Monterey  Canyon  through  at  around  31  and  39  km 
downrange.  They  then  bounce  up  and  have  a  turning  point  refraction  before 
again  bouncing  off  of  the  now  gentler  slope  at  around  the  52.0  km  mark. 
Either  three  or  four  bottom  reflections  occur  before  each  ray  arrives  at  the 
receiver.  These  ray  experience  very  few  bottom  bounces  that  could  absorb 
some  of  the  sound  or  change  the  direction  of  the  rays. 

The  separation  time  between  the  2.0837  and  -3.9048  deg  ray  is  not  good 
at  43ms.  This  spacing  is  below  the  experiment's  separation  minimum  for 
identifying  the  individual  rays.   The  transmission  loss  values  for  both  rays 


10-2 


are  in  the  upper  90  dB.  The  ray  trace  and  the  transmission  loss  profile 
graphs  for  these  rays  can  be  found  in  Appendix  A. 2. 

Receiver  Location  2.  East-southeast  of  receiver  1  is  the  site  for  receiver 
2.  The  simulated  hydrophone  is  placed  on  a  gentle  slope  a  little  north  of 
the  main  Monterey  Canyon  wall.  Rays  arriving  at  this  receiver  would  travel 
across  a  wide  and  deep  portion  of  the  canyon,  similar  to  the  receiver  1  rays. 
The  north  wall  rises  until  at  about  39  km  downrange  of  the  source,  there  is 
a  drop  of  the  sea  floor  for  about  6  km  before  rising  steeply  again  up  to  the 
continental  shelf. 

One  eigenray  was  identified  by  the  simulation  with  a  96  dB  transmission 
loss.  The  -14.8056  deg  ray  initially  bounces  off  of  the  seamount  and  refracts 
before  striking  the  north  wall  close  to  28  km  away  from  the  seamount.  It 
then  reflects  off  the  surface  and  bounces  in  the  dropped  floor  of  the  north 
wall  before  surface  reflecting  and  bouncing  its  way  on  the  shelf,  prior  to 
arriving  at  the  receiver.  It  bounces  off  of  the  continental  shelf  six  times. 
Information  on  this  ray  is  found  in  Table  4.4,  and  the  graphs  for  the  ray 
trace  and  transmission  loss  are  located  in  Appendix  A. 2. 

Receiver  Location  4.  Receiver  4  is  due  west  of  Moss  Landing,  situated 
on  the  Monterey  Canyon  north  wall  edge.  Rays  arriving  at  this  location  will 
pass  over  Carmel  Canyon  and  the  continental  shelf  before  crossing  Mon- 
terey Canyon.  This  position  is  above  the  narrower  and  shallower  portion  of 
Monterey  Canyon,  so  it  may  be  a  good  location  for  an  internal  waves  study. 

Three  eigenrays  were  identified,  having  transmission  losses  between  83.5 
dB  and  95.6  dB,  and  with  good  arrival  separation  between  the  first  two 
rays  (Table  4.4).  A  graphical  depiction  of  the  ray  paths  can  be  found  in 
Appendix  A. 2,  along  with  the  transmission  loss  graph.  The  arrival  time 
separation  between  the  last  two  rays  (-5.9567  and  -5.9841)  of  0.8  ms  is  too 
short  for  the  conditions  of  the  experiment.  The  ray  with  the  initial  angle  of 
-9.5632  arrives  first  and  is  followed  in  134ms  by  ray  -5.9567. 

The  three  eigenrays  have  the  same  general  ray  path.  Ray  -  9.5632  has 
one  refractive  turning  point,  while  the  other  two  rays  display  one  cycle  of 
refraction  (two  turning  points).  All  of  the  rays  have  a  multitude  of  surface 
and  bottom  bounces  as  they  proceed  along  the  shelf,  and  they  bounce  twice 
in  Monterey  Canyon  with  one  refraction  between  the  bounces.  Ray  -9.5632 
has  three  surface  reflections  at  the  end  of  its  path,  and  the  other  two  rays 
have  two  surface  bounces.  All  of  the  rays  have  paths  that  could  be  used  in 
both  the  internal  wave  and  surface  wave  studies. 


103 


Receiver  Location  5.  Situated  on  the  south  edge  of  the  Monterey  Canyon, 
due  west  of  the  Salinas  River  mouth,  is  the  location  for  receiver  5.  It  was 
selected  to  give  the  tomography  experiment  a  means  by  which  to  possi- 
bly recognize  the  effects  that  traveling  through  the  Monterey  Canyon  head 
would  have  on  an  eigenray,  such  as  internal  waves  or  internal  bores.  The 
unfortunate  aspect  of  this  location  is  that  the  rays  have  to  travel  over  16  km 
of  shallow  shelf,  which  manifests  itself  in  possibly  a  hundred  or  more  surface 
and  bottom  reflections.  The  ray  trace  graph  in  Appendix  B  illustrates  this 
oscillation.  Transmission  loss  plot  follows  the  ray  trace.  Table  4.4  contains 
tabularized  data  on  the  two  eigenrays. 

Ray  6.4800  refracts  once  on  either  side  of  reflecting  off  the  bottom,  then 
hits  high  on  the  side  of  the  Carmel  Canyon  east  wall,  before  oscillating  its 
way  along  the  continental  shelf.  The  shelf  is  sandy,  so  there  will  be  come 
absorption  and  not  the  total  reflectivity  that  was  simulated.  Simulated 
transmission  loss  for  the  ray  is  97.7  dB,  but  parameters  for  bottom  loss 
were  not  included  in  the  computer  input  because  of  the  great  variation  in 
the  sediment  and  geology  along  any  one  path.  It  should  be  expected  that 
the  real  world  case  would  have  a  larger  dB  loss. 

Receiver  Location  7.  The  shallow  nearshore  region  just  off  of  Asilomar 
Beach  in  Pacific  Grove  is  the  location  for  receiver  7.  This  is  the  closet  posi- 
tion to  the  source-moored  seamount  in  this  simulation.  The  rays  pass  per- 
pendicularly over  the  Carmel  Canyon  axis  and  the  wider  Monterey  Canyon 
trough,  but  a  straight  path  from  source  to  receiver  stays  clear  of  the  nar- 
rower portion  of  the  winding  canyon.  Since  the  receiver  site  is  situated  on 
the  shelf  at  approximately  3  km  from  the  edge  of  the  Carmel  Canyon,  most 
of  the  rays  oscillate  between  the  surface  and  shelf  bottom  before  completing 
the  trek  to  the  receiver. 

Four  eigenrays  were  identified  by  the  simulation  process.  Specific  values 
for  these  rays  are  given  in  Table  4.4.  Ray  trace  and  transmission  loss  graphs 
are  found  in  Appendix  A. 2.  Rays  1.5429  and  1.7497  appear  to  travel  together 
because  their  paths  are  almost  identical  and  there  is  only  a  01  ms  timespan 
between  them.  These  two  rays  refract  prior  to  bouncing  off  the  trough  wall 
just  before  the  31  km  range.  They  then  reflect  off  the  surface  and  hit  the 
Carmel  Canyon  wall  twice  before  oscillating  on  the  continental  shelf. 

The  first  eigenray  to  arrive  at  28.6596  s  is  the  3.6113  deg  initial  angle 
ray.  It  first  refracts  before  reflecting  off  the  sea  floor,  hitting  the  wall  above 
the  Carmel  Canyon,  and  oscillating  along  the  shelf.  It  was  a  slightly  weaker 
signal  at  92  dB  loss  than  the  2-ray  pair.   Arriving  57.7  ms  later  but  a  full 


104 


1/2  second  before  the  ray  pair  is  initial  ray  1.7916.  This  ray  refracts  once 
before  bouncing  off  of  the  trough  wall,  reflecting  off  the  surface,  reflecting  off 
Carmel  Canyon  west  wall,  and  then  refracting  and  bottom  reflecting  along 
the  shelf.  Of  all  the  eigenrays  identified  in  this  simulation,  ray  1.7916  was 
the  strongest  with  only  a  79  dB  loss. 

Receiver  Location  8.  Receiver  8  is  positioned  due  west  of  the  mouth  of 
the  Pajaro  River.  Rays  traveling  from  the  source  location  to  this  receiver 
would  follow  nearly  the  same  horizontal  path  as  do  the  eigenrays  to  receiver 
4,  except  that  site  8  is  situated  a  little  further  behind  location  4  on  the 
continental  shelf.  Eigenrays  have  to  pass  over  Carmel  Canyon,  not  far  from 
the  Monterey  Canyon  junction,  and  over  the  continental  shelf  before  crossing 
Monterey  Canyon  just  a  little  downslope  from  its  head. 

The  MPP  program  determined  that  three  eigenrays  would  be  picked  up 
by  receiver  8;  however,  two  of  these  rays  are  almost  identical.  These  two 
rays  (initial  angle  of  6.4969  deg)  will  be  treated  as  though  they  were  just 
one  ray  for  the  rest  of  the  discussion.  A  comparison  of  the  eigenrays  may  be 
found  in  Table  4.4  while  graphs  of  the  ray  trace  and  transmission  loss  are 
located  in  Appendix  A. 2.  Ray  6.4825  makes  two  refracted-bottom  reflected 
(RBR)  cycles,  with  bounces  at  22.0  nm  and  40.5nm,  prior  to  oscillating 
on  the  continental  shelf  between  the  surface  and  shelf  floor.  This  oscillating 
portion  of  the  ray  path  covers  15.5  nm  in  about  14.2  s.  At  Monterey  Canyon 
it  bounces  off  the  wall  twice,  with  one  refraction  within  the  canyon,  before 
making  13  surface/bottom  reflection  cycles  just  prior  to  arriving  at  the  hy- 
drophone. The  other  ray  (6.4969)  follows  an  almost  identical  path  to  ray 
6.4825,  with  its  first  two  bounces  at  the  same  location,  one  refraction  within 
Monterey  Canyon,  and  the  same  number  of  surface  and  bottom  reflections 
at  the  end  of  its  path. 

Even  though  the  paths  of  these  two  eigenrays  are  very  similar,  there 
is  a  good  arrival  time  separation  of  124.0  ms  between  them.  Transmission 
losses  range  between  105.7  dB  for  the  slower  ray  and  106.0  dB  for  the  faster 
ray.  These  rays  bounce  in  an  area  of  Monterey  Canyon  that  should  ex- 
hibit internal  wave  effects,  plus  they  have  a  considerable  number  of  surface 
reflections. 

Receiver  Location  13.  The  juncture  of  the  Soquel  Canyon  east  wall  and 
the  Monterey  Canyon  north  wall  is  the  location  of  receiver  13.  The  straight- 
line  path  from  source  to  receiver  is  over  the  section  of  the  Monterey  Canyon 
that  has  many  winding  and  meandering  turns,  and  includes  the  point  where 

105 


Carmel  Canyon  joins  Monterey  Canyon.  It  is  not  a  good  prospect  for  finding 
any  eigenrays,  but  fortunately  one  lone  ray,  which  happened  to  stay  in  the 
deep  sound  channel  for  a  long  distance  after  its  initial  seamount  bounce, 
was  identified  by  the  MPP  simulation. 

The  first  time  that  this  ray  bounces  off  any  canyon  walls  is  at  the  54.79 
km  mark,  not  far  from  the  edge  of  the  continental  shelf.  After  hitting  the 
wall,  the  ray  surface  refracts  and  shelf  bounces  seven  times  before  it  is 
picked  up  by  receiver  13.  It  should  be  a  fairly  strong  signal  at  only  an  84 
dB  transmission  loss  which  is  received  in  39.6526s  at  an  angle  of -33.2.  The 
eigenray  data  is  given  in  Table  4.4  while  the  ray  trace  and  dB  loss  graphs 
are  in  Appendix  A. 2. 

Receiver  Location  17.  This  last  receiver  position  is  located  slightly 
south  of  due  west  of  Santa  Cruz  in  the  open  nearshore  shelf  area.  It  was  one 
of  the  first  sites  to  be  simulated,  but  the  resulting  large  number  of  identified 
eigenrays  oscillating  along  the  continental  shelf  made  a  change  in  receiver 
depth  a  necessity.  The  rest  of  the  locations  were  selected  based  on  their 
proximity  to  the  canyon  edge.  The  rays  which  arrive  at  location  17  travel 
about  the  same  course  as  they  would  if  going  to  receiver  1,  except  that  they 
have  longer  trek  along  the  shelf. 

The  ray  tracing  simulation  and  eigenray  identification  at  this  receiver  lo- 
cation can  be  best  described  as  a  complete  mess.  Twenty-six  eigenrays  were 
identified  by  the  MPP  program  and  almost  all  of  them  have  a  tremendous 
number  of  surface  reflections  and  continental  shelf  bounces  before  arriving 
at  the  receiver.  Needless  to  say,  this  would  be  an  extremely  complicated 
experimental  site  and  probably  not  a  good  one  for  a  first  time  tomography 
experiment  in  these  waters. 

The  ray  trace  graph  in  Appendix  A. 2  for  location  17  only  contains  a 
few  representative  rays,  since  graphing  all  of  the  rays  would  annihilate  any 
possible  distinguishing  individual  lines.  All  of  the  stick  plots  (dB  losses)  are 
on  the  transmission  loss  graph  following  the  ray  trace  graph.  Travel  time, 
transmission  loss  and  arrival  angle  for  each  ray  are  listed  in  Table  4.5. 

The  entire  package  of  rays  can  be  categorized  in  just  a  few  groups.  Eight 
rays  follow  an  almost  identical  path  of  two  refractions  before  bouncing  off 
of  the  steep  slope  above  the  Monterey  Canyon,  from  a  downward  approach 
at  a  depth  of  780  m  and  a  range  of  around  44.6  km  from  the  source.  They 
continue  bouncing  up  the  slope  and  onto  the  shelf  with  one  or  two  refractions 
and  the  rest  surface  reflections.  These  rays  start  at  angles  of-1.6163,  -2.0828, 
-3.0111,  -3.0509,  -3.1028.-3.1411,  -3.1431  and  -3.2418.   Rays  of -3.6277  and 


106 


TRAVEL 
TIME  (sec) 

RAY  SEPA- 
RATION 

(sec) 

INITIAL 
ANGLE 

(degrees) 

ARRIVAL 
ANGLE 

(degrees) 

TRANS- 
MISSION 
LOSS  (dB) 

45.4324 

45.4324 

-1.1110 

5.4710 

110.6 

45.4508 

0.0184 

0.3232 

-4.6675 

100.9 

45.5656 

0.1148 

-3.0111 

-19.9961 

104.4 

45.5825 

0.0169 

-4.5475 

-19.6807 

97.7 

45.6019 

0.0194 

-3.9658 

-20.3254 

91.1 

45.6364 

0.0345 

-3.2418 

-23.1483 

93.2 

45.6641 

0.0277 

-8.6415 

-23.5988 

90.5 

45.6641 

0.0000 

-8.7093 

-23.5525 

S9.5 

45.6645 

0.0004 

4.0027 

24.7201 

91.1 

45.6647 

0.0002 

-8.7180 

24.7281 

90.3 

45.6656 

0.0009 

-3.1411 

-24.1419 

99.6 

45.6656 

0.0000 

-1.6163 

-24.1725 

99.4 

45.6656 

0.0000 

-3.1431 

-24.5613 

99.8 

45.693S 

0.0282 

-3.1028 

-25.6257 

100.8 

45.6960 

0.0022 

-5.3708 

-25.7395 

100.6 

45.72?" 

0.0277 

-3.0509 

27.845S 

98.4 

45.7567 

0.0330 

-2.0828 

-28.2343 

93. S 

46.0462 

0.2S95 

2.1406 

39.3321 

96.5 

46.0939 

0.0477 

-3.6277 

-39.6695 

97.0 

46.3275 

0.2336 

-12.5001 

-44.7474 

93. S 

46.9973 

0.669S 

-6.4559 

-60.2335 

99.5 

47.0004 

0.0031 

1.7248 

-60.4129 

99.8 

47.0019 

0.0015 

-6.4516 

61.2411 

99.6 

47.4270 

0.4251 

-6.39SS 

69.1542 

100.2 

47.4272 

0.0002 

1.6711 

69.1952 

100.4 

47.6187 

0.1915 

-6.3534 

72.1043 

101.5 

Table  4.5:  Eigenray  information  for  site  17. 


1U" 


-5.3708  deg  are  very  similar  to  the  first  eight  with  the  exceptions  that  they 
bounce  off  the  slope  at  just  a  slightly  longer  range  and  a  few  meters  more 
shallow,  and  the  -5.3708  ray  hits  at  an  upward  angle.  An  11th  ray  at  -4.5475 
refracts  three  times  before  hitting  the  slope  at  about  the  same  spot  of  the 
first  group  of  eight,  following  the  path  of  the  above  10  rays  up  the  slope 
with  the  exception  that  this  ray  has  three  more  refractions. 

Another  set  of  seven  rays  (1.6711,  1.7248,  2.1406,  -6.3534,  -6.3988,  - 
6-4516  and  -6.4559)  are  very  similar  to  the  first  group  of  eight,  with  two 
refractions  before  bouncing  up  the  slope.  The  three  main  differences  are 
that  this  second  set  reflect  off  the  wall  at  a  spot  with  a  slightly  shorter 
range  and  lower  depth  (41.3  km  and  950  m),  the  rays  are  heading  upward 
just  before  their  first  wall  bounce,  and  that  they  have  many  more  oscillations 
on  the  shelf  than  does  the  first  group.  With  the  abundance  of  reflections, 
it  is  understandable  why  this  group  as  a  whole  has  the  slowest  arrival  times 
to  the  receiver. 

Ray  -39658  has  two  refractions  before  striking  the  sloping  wall  at  a 
depth  of  860m  and  a  range  of  42.9  km.  It  then  bounces  up  the  slope  with 
three  refractions  and  14  surface  reflections.  The  last  three  individual  and 
one  group  of  four  rays  are  different  from  the  preceding  19  rays. 

The  rays  -8.6415,  -8.7093,  -8.7180  and  4.0027  are  grouped  together  due 
to  their  parallel  paths  and  they  arrive  as  a  group  in  a  span  of  0.6  ms.  These 
rays  make  one  refractive  turn  before  colliding  with  a  lower  north  canyon 
wall  point  at  a  depth  of  1410  m  and  a  range  of  32.85  km  from  the  source 
on  the  seamount.  They  next  hit  the  upper  slope  at  the  53.8  km  mark  and 
300  m  depth  after  one  refraction.  One  more  refractive  turn  remains  for  this 
group  prior  to  17  surface  and  bottom  oscillations  along  the  shelf. 

The  last  three  rays  are  individuals.  The  fastest  eigenray  originates  at 
an  angle  of -1.1110  deg,  reaches  receiver  17  in  45.4324  s,  but  has  the  largest 
transmission  loss  at  110. 6  dB.  This  ray  has  two  refractive  turns  before  strik- 
ing the  slope  at  45.67  km  downrange  and  734  m  deep.  It  refracts  and  then 
bounces  off  the  shelf  area  (178  m  deep)  at  a  distance  of  56.64  km  from  the 
source.  It  makes  three  more  refracted-bottom  reflected  (RBR)  cycles  and 
one  surface  reflection  before  arriving  at  its  destination.  Ray  0.3232  arrives 
18.4  ms  later  and  has  a  somewhat  similar  path.  It  has  three  refractions 
prior  to  colliding  with  the  wall  44.48  km  away  at  a  depth  of  788  m.  The 
second  bounce  occurs  at  the  59.4  km  mark  on  the  shelf  in  124m  of  water. 
Seven  RBR  cycles  and  one  surface  reflection  complete  this  ray's  path.  It 
takes  another  114.8  ms  of  time  before  the  third  fastest  ray  (-3.0111)  arrives 
on  the  scene. 


108 


The  very  last  ray  to  be  described  should  be  easily  identified  in  an  exper- 
imental situation.  Arriving  at  the  46.3275  s  time  mark,  ray  -12.5001  follows 
the  next  faster  ray  by  233.6  ms  and  is  followed  by  another  ray  669.8  ms 
later.  This  is  the  best  separation  for  the  entire  26-ray  package.  Another  in- 
teresting fact  is  that  this  ray  strikes  the  Monterey  Canyon  on  its  south  wall 
and  refracts  once  in  the  canyon  before  one  more  refraction  and  a  bounce  at 
50.48km  range  and  460m  depth.  It  then  oscillates  along  the  shallow  shelf 
with  one  more  refraction  but  a  multitude  of  surface  and  bottom  reflections. 

Looking  at  the  results  in  Table  4.5,  one  can  begin  to  understand  why 
this  location  would  be  a  bit  of  a  problem  in  a  tomography  experiment.  The 
dB  loss  ranges  from  89.5  dB  for  ray  -  8.7093  to  110.6  dB  for  the  first  arriving 
ray  (-1.1110).  There  is  not  enough  arrival  time  separation  for  most  of  these 
rays,  based  on  16  Hz  bandwidth,  except  for  the  following: 

1.  114.8  ms  between  ray  0.3232,  arriving  at  45.4508  s,  and  ray  -  3.0111; 

2.  289.5  ms  between  ray-2.0828,  arriving  at  45.7567  s,  and  ray  2.1406; 

3.  233.6  ms  between  ray-3.6277,  arriving  at  46.0939  s,  and  ray-  12.5001; 

4.  669.8  ms  between  ray  -12. 5001, arriving  at  46.3275  s,  and  ray  -  6.4559; 

5.  425.3  ms  between  ray  -6.4516,  arriving  at  47.0019  s,  and  ray  1.6711; 
and 

6.  191.7  ms  between  ray  -6.3988,  arriving  at  47.4270  s,  and  ray  -  6.3534. 

Six  adequate  arrival  time  separations  with  26  arriving  rays  does  not  put  this 
receiver  location  on  the  top  of  the  list  for  best  spots.  The  condition  that 
eliminates  this  location  as  a  recommended  receiver  site  is  that  the  arrival 
separation  between  the  first  and  last  eigenray  is  2.1863s.  The  acoustic  signal 
from  the  source  is  of  1.9375s  duration,  which  is  the  maximum  separation 
time  that  will  be  experimentally  allowed  for  all  of  the  rays  arriving  at  one 
location. 

4.2      3-D  Ray  Tracing  with  HARPO 

NOAA'S  Hamiltonian  Acoustic  Ray-tracing  Program  for  the  Ocean  (HARPO) 
is  well  documented[41].  It  has  recently  been  enhanced  by  Newhall,  Lynch, 
Chiu,  and  Daugherty[42].  The  program  entails  a  core  integration  model  and 
interchangeable  models  defining  distribution  of  sound  speed,  current,  sea 


109 


surface,  bottom  bathymetry,  and  dispersion  relation  or  Hamiltonian.  The 
application  of  HARPO  to  the  Monterey  Bay  and  its  canyon  centered  on 
two  efforts:  IBM  conversion  of  the  VAX-originating  code  from  WHOI;  and 
simulating  the  complex  bathymetry. 

4.2.1     Hamiltonian  Ray  Tracing 

Hamiltonian  ray  tracing  requires  the  sound  speed  of  the  ocean  to  be  modeled 
as  a  continuous  three-dimensional  function.  Each  raypath  is  computed  by 
numerically  integrating  Hamilton's  equations  with  a  different  set  of  initial 
conditions.  In  modeling  wave  propagation  with  Hamilton's  equations,  the 
point  of  view  is  taken  that  in  a  high-frequency  limit,  waves  behave  like 
particles  and  travel  along  rays,  according  to  equations  that  exactly  parallel 
those  governing  changes  of  position  and  momentum  in  mechanical  systems. 
These  ray  paths  satisfy  Fermat's  principle,  that  is,  the  paths  are  those  for 
which  the  action  is  stationary  for  variations  in  the  path.  For  the  wave 
equation,  one  forms  a  Hamiltonian  that  gives  the  dispersion  relation  for  the 
wave  in  question  when  it  is  set  to  zero.  Integrating  Hamilton's  equations 
then  gives  a  path  which  satisfies  Fermat's  principle. 

In  Cartesian  coordinates,  Hamilton's  equations  take  the  simple  form 

.  =  1,2,3  (41> 

where  r  is  time,  H  is  the  Hamiltonian,  kt  are  the  wave  number  components, 
and  i,  are  the  coordinates  of  a  point  on  the  raypath. 

To  solve  Eq.  4.1  for  one  of  the  raypaths,  one  chooses  initial  values  for  the 
six  quantities  x,-  and  lc,  and  performs  a  numerical  integration  of  the  system 
in  Eq.  4.1  of  six  total  differential  equations.  The  integration  of  Hamilton's 
equations  is  performed  using  the  implicit  Adams-Moulton  method  with  a 
Runge-Kutta  start  up.  For  our  case  of  acoustic  waves  in  the  ocean,  the 
Hamiltonian  (which  is  constant  along  a  ray  path)  is  defined  as  the  dispersion 
relation 

H{x{,  kj)  =  [u>  -  k  ■  V(xt)]2  -  C2{xt)k2  =  0  (4.2) 

where  V(xt)  is  the  ocean  current,  C(z,)  is  the  sound  speed  field,  and  u>  is 
the  angular  wave  frequency. 

For  earth-centered  spherical  polar  coordinates,  Hamilton's  equations  (see 
Lighthill)  in  four  dimensions  are: 


110 


dx,       _ 

_       dH 

17      - 

-    w; 

dk, 

-      dH 

dr 

dx, 

dr 
dr 

= 

dH 
dkT 

(4.3) 

de 

dr 

= 

1  dH 
r  dke 

(4.4) 

d<f> 
dr 

= 

1      dH 
r  sin  6  dkj, 

(4.5) 

dt 
dr 

= 

dH 

(4.6) 

dkT 

17 

= 

dH    ,de    ,       m 

—3 — (-  ke—  +  kjsmd— 
or           dr                   or 

(4.7) 

dke 
dr 

— 

I,    dH          dr      ,              8<f>, 

-r{-oT-kedr-  +  k*rCOSedT-) 

(4.8) 

dkt 
dr 

= 

1      i    dH      ^         flrfr      ^ 

(                 A:q!)sin6'            fc^rcos 

rsiny        a<p                      dr 

or 

(4.9) 

d^j 
~dl- 

= 

dH 
dt 

(4.10) 

where  r,  8,  <fr  are  the  Earth-centered  spherical  polar  coordinates  of  a  point  on 
the  raypath;  kr,  kg,  k$  are  the  local  components  of  the  propagation  vector 
(a  vector  whose  magnitude 


h  =  y/k?  +  kl  +  kl  =  2n/\,  (4.11) 

is  the  wavenumber.  and  that  points  in  the  wave  normal  direction)  in  the  r, 
6,  and  d  directions;  t  is  the  propagation  time  of  the  wave  packet. 

4.2.2      Application 

HARPO  was  used  to  calculate  raypaths  in  the  extreme  bathymetry  of  the 
Monterey  Bay  Canyon.  This  bathymetry  was  a  focal  point  of  effort  in  this 
application.  Sea  surface  was  modeled  as  a  sphere  of  constant  radius;  the 
current  field  was  set  to  zero;  absorption  was  calculated  as  a  function  of 
frequency  using  a  Skretting-Leroy  empiricism;  a  single  sound  speed  profile 
based  on  data  from  the  December  '88  Monterey  Bay  Tomography  Experi- 
ment (MBTE)  was  used  everywhere.  The  bottom  was  defined  on  a  1  km 
by  1  km  grid  over  122°20'  to  121°50'W  and  36°23'  to  37°  N  producing  a 
42  by  65  bathymetric  array.  The  depth  values  were  a  result  of  the  union 
of  the  200  m  resolution  bathymetry  set  of  Thornton  and  Burych  for  north 


111 


of  Pt.  Joe  and  a  .5'  resolution  bathymetric  set  read  from  a  NOAA  depth 
chart  for  south  of  Pt.  Joe.  The  later  was  projected  on  an  x,y  grid  with  the 
same  origin  (36°36'N,  122°20'W)  and  reference  location  as  the  Thornton- 
Burych  data.  The  two  data  were  then  combined  using  a  spine  interpolation 
routine  provided  by  DISSPLA  software.  HARPO  used  this  bathymetric 
grid  to  calculate  a  bi-cubic  spline  with  knots  at  each  grid  point.  From 
the  discontinuous  behavior  of  adjacent  raypaths,  the  bottom  surface  deriva- 
tives, as  calculated  using  the  splines,  were  suspected  of  having  an  intra-grid 
variability  analogous  to  Gibbs  phenomena.  The  bathymetry  was  modified 
using  a  1-6-1  filter  to  remedy  this  problem.  Figure  4.4  shows  the  resulting 
bathymetry. 

Raypaths  were  calculated  originating  from  the  location  of  the  transmitter 
in  for  Monterey  Bay  Tomography  Experiment  on  an  underwater  knoll  at  a 
depth  of  1020.6  m  just  north  of  the  Pt.  Sur  area  and  35  km  off  the  coast. 
Initial  azimuth  angle  was  set  on  a  near  direct  path  to  receiver  J  on  the  shelf 
due  south  of  Santa  Cruz  and  94.2  m  in  depth.  The  calculated  raypaths  were 
channeled  by  the  shelf  and  reflected  back  into  the  canyon.  As  a  remedy  the 
raypaths  were  then  calculated  as  originating  from  receiver  J  on  the  shelf  and 
directed  toward  the  transmitter  location.  Figures  4.5  and  4.6  show  a  planar 
and  top  view  of  typical  ray  paths  within  Monterey  Canyon  between  Station 
J  and  the  transmitter. 

A  program  is  available  from  WHOI  that  operates  in  conjunction  with 
HARPO  and  calculates  eigenrays.  This  program  interpolates  launch  angles 
from  previously  calculated  ray  path  intersections  with  receiver  depth  and 
eigenrange  (the  distance  between  receiver  and  transmitter.)  The  eigenray 
program,  as  it  stands,  is  IBM  I/O  incompatible  and  is  biased  toward  direct- 
path  eigenrays.  The  Monterey  Bay  application  of  HARPO  was  loaded  on 
the  WHOI  VAX  8800  and  run  with  their  eigenray  program  over  an  ele- 
vation range  of  27°.  No  eigenrays  were  found.  At  NPS,  an  effort  to  use 
HARPO  alone  with  a  human  interpolator  proved  to  be  too  slow  for  the 
fully  three-dimensional  Monterey  Bay  problem.  An  effort  is  under  way  to 
develop  and/or  modify  an  Gaussian  beam/timefront  postprocessor  for  this 
application.  Future  work  is  likely  to  be  performed  on  a  SUN  workstation 
which  may  eliminate  the  I/O  problem. 


112 


IOSS  LANDING 


*0 


SOURCE 


Figure  4.4:  A  model  of  the  bathymetry  of  Monterey  Bay  region. 


113 


1       MONTEREY  BAY  CANYON 

MODEL  =  MBJ  ,FREQ=  400.000  HZ,  AZ  =201.054  DEG 
EL  =    7.20  DEG  TO  10.20  DEG,  STEP  =    1.00  DEG 
XMTR  HT  =  -0.09  KM  ,LAT  -  0.47  DEG,  LONG  =  0.18  DEG 
ACOUSTIC  WAVE  ***  WITH  CURRENT  ***  WITH  LOSSES 


8 


RANGE  AT  SEA  LEVEL  (km) 
16  24  32  40 


48       54 


i 


a- 


Figure  4.5:    Planar  view  of  rays  calculated  from  Station  J  towards  the  to- 
mography transmitter. 


11-1 


2        REPEAT  SAMPLE  CASE  W/HORIZONTAL  PLOT,  W/NO  PRINT 
MODEL  =  MBJ  ,FREQ=  400.000  HZ,  AZ  =201.054  DEG 
EL=    7.20  DEG  TO  10.20  DEG,  STEP  =    1.00  DEG 
XMTR  HT  = -0.09  KM  ,LAT  =  0.47  DEG,  LONG  =  0.18  DEG 
ACOUSTIC  WAVE  ***  WITH  CURRENT  ***  WITH  LOSSES 

4 


1 

H       0 

*   _£ 

o 

CQ 
CQ 

2    -3 


-4 


10     20     30     40 
0.18  DEG  E.        RANGE  AT  SEA  LEVEL  (km) 
0.00  DEG  N. 


50 

0.00  DEG  E. 
0.01  DEG  N. 


Figure  4.6:  Top  view  of  rays  calculated  from  Station  J  towards  the  tomog- 
raphy transmitter. 


115 


Chapter  5 

Conclusions 


All  results  to  date  have  shown  that  acoustic  tomography  is  a  viable  technique 
for  monitoring  the  circulation  of  Monterey  Bay: 

1.  Acoustic  arrivals  were  received  in  the  1988  Monterey  Bay  Tomography 
Experiment  that  were  strong  enough  to  observe  the  fluctuations  due 
to  surface  waves,  internal  waves,  and  tides.  Lengthening  the  code  in 
the  future  tomography  system  would  provide  enough  signal-to-noise 
ratio  for  ocean  current  tomography.  Limitations  to  the  code  length 
due  to  surface  wave-induced  Doppler  are  under  study. 

2.  The  acoustic  arrivals  were  mostly  resolved  for  the  16  Hz  bandwidth 
signal.  It  is  foreseen  that  a  future  tomography  system  in  the  Bay 
would  use  a  much  larger  bandwidth  signal,  e.g.  100  Hz.  Even  with  the 
shorter  distances  involved  with  the  proposed  tomography  array  in  the 
Bay,  this  larger  bandwidth  signal  would  eliminate  the  small  number 
of  resolution  difficulties  observed. 

3.  Stable  acoustic  arrivals  were  observed  for  the  entire  4  day  experiment 
through  several  tidal  cycles  for  cross-canyon  paths.  This  experimen- 
tal result  was  the  most  important  for  demonstrating  the  viability  of 
tomography  in  the  Bay. 

4.  The  identification  of  the  multipath  arrivals  measured  in  the  experi- 
ment was  attempted  with  the  MPP  2-D  and  HARPO  3-D  ray  tracing 
programs.  MPP  found  some  eigenrays  (rays  connecting  source  and 
receiver)  while  HARPO  did  not  find  any  eigenrays  because  of  the  dif- 
ficulty in  modeling  the  effect  of  the  extreme  bathymetry  of  the  Bay 


116 


on  acoustic  propagation.  The  lack  is  not  in  the  existence  of  stable, 
resolvable  arrivals  but  in  our  ability  to  model  them  correctly.  These 
eigenrays  exist  because  the  experiment  measured  them.  In  the  next 
few  months,  as  part  of  another  feasibility  study  for  the  Norwegian- 
Barents  Sea  Tomography  Experiment,  HARPO  capabilities  will  be 
increased  with  the  addition  of  Gaussian  beam  and  time  front  post- 
processing routines.  These  routines  will  eliminate  the  need  for  model- 
ing eigenrays  and  should  be  able  to  identify  the  arrivals  measured  in 
the  Monterey  Bay  Experiment. 


11 


Appendix  A 

MPP  Data 

A.l      Bathymetry  Data  for  Receiver  Locations 


118 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 
1 

RECEIVER  LOCATION 
2 

RECEIVER  LOCATION 
3 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (in) 

Range  (kin) 

Depth  (in) 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (m) 

0.0 

832.10 

0.0 

832.16 

0.0 

832. i6 

3.26 

826.62 

1.09 

914.40 

0.76 

914.40 

4.07 

914.40 

3.75 

914.40 

4.07 

1097.28 

7.06 

1463.04 

6.16 

1280.16 

5.75 

1280.16 

17.37 

1463.04 

6.74 

1463.04 

6.64 

1463.04 

18.57 

1645.92 

9.96 

1463.04 

7.32 

1463.04 

21.53 

2560.32 

12.71 

1280.16 

12.14 

1280.16 

21.89 

2560.32 

14.67 

1280.16 

15.54 

1280.16 

23.07 

2377.44 

17.17 

1463.04 

18.80 

1463.04 

24.61 

2194.56 

19.56 

1828.80 

20.39 

1828.80 

25.65 

2011.68 

21.01 

2194.56 

22.36 

1828.80 

27.25 

1828.80 

21.51 

2377.44 

23.80 

2011.68 

27.69 

1645.92 

23.85 

2377.44 

27.65 

2011.68 

30.07 

1463.04 

25.75 

1828.80 

29.46 

2194.56 

35.29 

1280.16 

26.51 

1645.92 

30.54 

2011.68 

37.51 

1097.28 

29.74 

1463.04 

32.71 

1828.80 

40.31 

914.40 

33.32 

1280.16 

35.02 

2011.68 

44.11 

731.52 

36.07 

1097.28 

39.31 

1828.80 

46.68 

548.64 

37.30 

1047.90 

39.96 

1645.92 

51.84 

365.76 

38.03 

1097.28 

41.53 

1463.04 

55.55 

182.88 

39.60 

958.29 

42.47 

1645.92 

59.35 

98.76 

40.47 

1097.28 

43.10 

1828.80 

70.50 

98.76 

41.01 

1280.16 

43.43 

1828.80 

45.41 

1280.16 

44.10 

1463.04 

45.99 

1325.88 

45.65 

1097.28 

46.45 

1280.16 

46.95 

731.52 

47.42 

1097.28 

48.52 

731.52 

48.53 

731.52 

49.52 

1097.28 

50.34 

365.76 

50.29 

1097.28 

51.72 

182.88 

50.96 

914.40 

54.87 

106.07 

51.78 

806.50 

57.99 

91.44 

53.00 

914.40 

70.50 

91.44 

53.40 
54.35 
55.30 
57.06 
61.26 
62.89 
63.87 
70.50 

1005.84 
914.40 
731.52 
548.64 
365.76 
182.88 
91.44 
91.44 

Table  A.l:  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  1,  2,  and  3. 


119 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 

4 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 
5 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 
6 


Range  (km)       Depth  (in) 


Range  (km)       Depth  (m) 


Range  (km)      Depth  (m) 


0. 

0 

832. 

10 

0. 

0 

832. 

10 

0. 

0 

832. 

10 

0. 

54 

914. 

40 

0. 

60 

914. 

40 

0. 

60 

914. 

40 

3. 

30 

1097. 

28 

2. 

89 

1097. 

28 

2. 

35 

1097. 

28 

5. 

19 

1280. 

16 

4. 

76 

1280. 

16 

4. 

33 

1280. 

16 

6 

38 

1351. 

48 

6. 

60 

1351. 

48 

6. 

76 

1351. 

48 

10 

33 

1280. 

16 

10. 

01 

1280. 

16 

9. 

52 

1280. 

16 

14 

25 

1252. 

73 

15. 

83 

1280. 

16 

11 

85 

1126. 

54 

16 

05 

1280 

16 

16. 

73 

1463. 

04 

16 

34 

1280 

16 

17 

04 

1463 

04 

19 

16 

1463 

04 

17 

14 

1463 

04 

23 

54 

1463 

04 

20 

57 

1280 

16 

17 

68 

1556 

31 

24 

67 

1645 

92 

23 

06 

1280 

16 

18 

40 

1463 

04 

25 

61 

1828 

80 

25 

98 

1828 

80 

19 

54 

1280 

16 

26 

24 

1828 

80 

26 

74 

1828 

80 

24 

41 

1280 

16 

27 

78 

1463 

04 

29 

28 

1280 

16 

25 

80 

1645 

92 

28 

73 

1280 

16 

29 

91 

1097 

28 

26 

65 

1645 

92 

32 

33 

1280 

16 

31 

83 

1097 

.28 

28 

50 

1463 

04 

33 

73 

1097 

28 

32 

48 

914 

.40 

29 

.66 

1280 

16 

35 

22 

1097 

28 

34 

28 

914 

.40 

30 

.17 

1280 

16 

35 

71 

1280 

16 

34 

75 

1097 

.28 

31 

.39 

914 

40 

36 

79 

1280 

16 

36 

67 

1097 

.28 

33 

.77 

914 

40 

38 

24 

731 

52 

38 

.65 

365 

.76 

34 

.31 

1097 

28 

39 

68 

548 

64 

39 

.62 

182 

.88 

34 

.58 

1097 

28 

40 

26 

365 

76 

44 

.79 

107 

.90 

35 

.45 

731 

52 

43 

56 

182 

88 

54 

.78 

91 

.44 

37 

.23 

548 

64 

46 

89 

118 

87 

70 

.50 

91 

.44 

38 

.06 

182 

88 

52 

70 

104 

24 

41 

.40 

91 

44 

56 

.33 

182 

88 

70 

.50 

91 

.44 

57 

.46 

365 

76 

58 

.33 

548 

64 

58 

.80 

548 

64 

61 

.63 

365 

76 

62 

.63 

182 

88 

63 

.49 

91 

.44 

70 

.50 

91 

.44 

Table  A. 2:  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  4,  5,  and  6. 


120 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 
7 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 
8 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 
9 


Range  (km)       Depth  (m) 


Range  (km)       Depth  (m) 


Range  (km)      Depth  (m) 


0 

.0 

824 

79 

1 

.21 

1097 

28 

14 

.24 

1097 

28 

18 

.97 

1280 

16 

21 

.55 

1097 

28 

24 

.72 

1097 

28 

26 

.38 

1280 

16 

27 

67 

1645 

92 

29 

34 

1463 

04 

31 

11 

914 

40 

32 

72 

731 

52 

33 

26 

731 

52 

34 

01 

914 

40 

34 

39 

914 

40 

35 

79 

548 

64 

37 

13 

365 

76 

37 

99 

182 

88 

39 

12 

91 

44 

39. 

98 

73. 

15 

40. 

84 

73. 

15 

41. 

91 

54. 

86 

42. 

02 

51. 

21 

45. 

0 

51. 

21 

0. 

0 

825. 

0. 

37 

915. 

1. 

73 

1097. 

6. 

35 

1251. 

7. 

75 

1280. 

8. 

18 

1280. 

13. 

56 

1127. 

17. 

65 

1280. 

18. 

46 

1463. 

18. 

90 

1556. 

20. 

26 

1463. 

21. 

27 

1280. 

24. 

68 

1280. 

25. 

55 

1463. 

26. 

44 

1646. 

27. 

32 

1829. 

27 

91 

1829. 

28 

57 

1646. 

29 

05 

1562. 

29 

39 

1463. 

30 

35 

1280. 

31 

31 

1097. 

32 

19 

1097. 

33 

82 

1097. 

35 

00 

915. 

35 

82 

940. 

36 

18 

1097. 

36 

60 

1280. 

37 

91 

1280. 

38 

57 

1097. 

38 

95 

915. 

39 

28 

732. 

41 

.06 

366. 

42 

.17 

229. 

44 

.56 

183. 

48 

.07 

119. 

53 

.61 

104. 

56 

.41 

99. 

56 

.98 

183. 

57 

.90 

366. 

59 

.08 

549. 

59 

.67 

549. 

62 

.40 

366. 

63 

.06 

183. 

63 

.63 

91. 

64 

.48 

75. 

67 

.33 

73. 

67 

.49 

55. 

0. 

0 

824. 

79 

1. 

61 

1097. 

28 

2. 

26 

1280. 

16 

17. 

30 

1280. 

16 

20. 

04 

1645. 

92 

21. 

22 

1645. 

92 

22. 

62 

1463. 

04 

24. 

28 

1463. 

04 

26. 

00 

1828. 

80 

27. 

29 

1828. 

80 

28. 

63 

1463. 

04 

30. 

08 

1463. 

04 

30 

73 

1645. 

92 

32 

39 

1645 

92 

36 

21 

1463 

04 

37 

07 

1280 

16 

37 

.82 

1280 

16 

39 

.22 

1645 

92 

40 

.45 

1645 

.92 

41 

.79 

1097 

.28 

43 

.62 

1097 

.28 

45 

.18 

1645 

.92 

45 

.80 

1645 

.92 

47 

.11 

1097 

.28 

48 

.17 

1097 

.28 

49 

.15 

1280 

.16 

50 

.07 

1280 

.16 

52 

.29 

731 

.52 

55 

.01 

731 

.52 

57 

.96 

182 

.88 

59 

.41 

91 

.44 

64 

.57 

73 

.15 

66 

.72 

54 

.86 

67 

.15 

49 

.38 

70 

.15 

49 

.38 

Table  A. 3:  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  7,  8,  and  9. 


121 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 

RECEIVER  LOCATION 

RECEIVER  LOCATION 

10 

11 

12 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (m) 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (ni) 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (m) 

0.0 

824.79 

0.0 

832.10 

0.0 

832.10 

1.84 

1097.28 

0.81 

914.40 

0.81 

914.40 

2.43 

1280.16 

2.81 

914.40 

2.81 

914.40 

18.20 

1280.16 

5.95 

1280.16 

5.85 

1280.16 

21.01 

1463.04 

6.60 

1463.04 

6.60 

1463.04 

22.43 

1828.80 

7.17 

1463.04 

7.17 

1463.04 

24.05 

1645.92 

12.31 

1280.16 

12.31 

1280.16 

24.88 

1645.92 

15.01 

1280.16 

15.26 

1280.16 

26.25 

2011.68 

17.96 

1463.04 

18.22 

1463.04 

26.61 

2011.68 

20.83 

2011.68 

20.89 

2011.68 

27.47 

1828.80 

22.50 

2011.68 

23.22 

2011.68 

29.84 

1828.80 

23.31 

2194.56 

24.36 

2194.56 

30.67 

2011.68 

23.94 

2194.56 

35.18 

2194.56 

32.43 

2011.68 

24.48 

2377.44 

36.05 

2011.68 

33.59 

1828.80 

26.07 

2377.44 

39.84 

2011.68 

41.64 

1828.80 

31.37 

2194.56 

41.00 

1828.80 

42.84 

1645.92 

33.08 

2194.56 

41.86 

1775.76 

44.73 

1645.92 

33.75 

2011.68 

42.35 

1828.80 

45.34 

1828.80 

34.75 

1828.80 

42.97 

1828.80 

45.72 

1828.80 

39.22 

1828.80 

44.11 

1463.04 

46.47 

1463.04 

39.76 

2011.68 

46.14 

1097.28 

48.15 

1097.28 

40.57 

2011.68 

46.44 

914.40 

49.42 

731.52 

41.16 

1828.80 

47.22 

731.52 

51.11 

731.52 

42.84 

1828.80 

49.31 

731.52 

52.23 

1097.28 

44.63 

1463.04 

50.77 

1097.28 

52.95 

1097.28 

45.26 

1463.04 

51.74 

1097.28 

53.83 

914.40 

46.30 

1097.28 

52.86 

914.40 

56.26 

914.40 

47.92 

731.52 

53.91 

731.52 

57.64 

548.64 

49.22 

731.52 

54.85 

548.64 

60.56 

548.64 

50.36 

548.64 

56.02 

365.76 

61.50 

365.76 

53.37 

548.64 

57.19 

182.88 

62.16 

182.88 

54.81 

365.76 

59.72 

91.44 

66.63 

91.44 

55.28 

182.88 

70.50 

91.44 

67.18 

73.15 

56.04 

91.44 

67.84 

54.86 

70.50 

91.44 

68.39 

45.72 

71.39 

45.72 

Table  A.4:  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  10,  11,  and  12. 


122 


RECEIVER  LOCATION 

RECEIVER  LOCATION 

RECEIVER  LOCATION 

13 

14 

15 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (m) 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (m) 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (m) 

0.0 

832.10 

0.0 

832.10 

0.0 

832.10 

0.87 

914.40 

0.59 

914.40 

0.54 

914.40 

3.90 

1097.28 

3.25 

1097.28 

2.29 

1097.28 

5.69 

1280.16 

5.30 

1280.16 

4.43 

1280.16 

6.68 

1463.04 

6.36 

1351.48 

6.48 

1351.48 

7.32 

1463.04 

10.60 

1280.16 

9.90 

1280.16 

11.60 

1280.16 

13.93 

1252.73 

11.82 

1126.54 

16.15 

1280.16 

16.05 

1280.16 

15.79 

1280.16 

19.10 

1463.04 

17.67 

1463.04 

16.87 

1463.04 

19.87 

1645.92 

18.80 

1645.92 

18.90 

1463.04 

20.32 

1828.80 

19.83 

1645.92 

19.87 

1280.16 

20.77 

1828.80 

21.15 

1463.04 

23.49 

1280.16 

21.89 

1645.92 

21.91 

1431.95 

25.27 

1645.92 

23.03 

1645.92 

23.04 

1463.04 

27.75 

1645.92 

23.71 

1828.80 

24.99 

1828.80 

28.98 

1463.04 

24.39 

2011.68 

26.14 

1828.80 

29.80 

1280.16 

24.66 

2011.68 

27.26 

1463.04 

30.18 

1097.28 

25.36 

1828.80 

28.23 

1404.52 

31.75 

914.40 

26.66 

1645.92 

29.48 

1463.04 

32.88 

731.52 

27.31 

1645.92 

32.05 

1463.04 

33.20 

691.29 

28.51 

1828.80 

34.26 

1280.16 

33.65 

731.52 

29.13 

2011.68 

34.94 

1097.28 

34.61 

1097.28 

30.08 

2011.68 

35.88 

1097.28 

34.96 

1097.28 

30.35 

1828.80 

36.29 

1463.04 

36.77 

914.40 

32.25 

1645.92 

37.00 

1463.04 

38.51 

365.76 

38.80 

1645.92 

37.64 

1280.16 

39.20 

182.88 

39.13 

1728.22 

39.30 

1097.28 

42.06 

102.41 

39.62 

1645.92 

40.13 

731.52 

53.51 

91.44 

39.89 

1463.04 

42.05 

548.64 

61.87 

91.44 

40.92 

1280.16 

42.73 

429.77 

62.99 

182.88 

42.14 

1280.16 

43.45 

548.64 

63.82 

182.88 

43.63 

1828.80 

44.71 

731.52 

64.36 

91.44 

43.84 

1907.44 

47.73 

731.52 

70.50 

91.44 

44.03 

1828.80 

48.52 

548.64 

44.87 

1280.16 

49.87 

365.76 

46.34 

914.40 

52.03 

182.88 

46.79 

914.40 

53.98 

182.88 

4  8.23 

1097.28 

55.53 

365.76 

49.05 

1280.16 

56.66 

548.64 

49.32 

1280.16 

58.47 

548.64 

51.43 

731.52 

59.55 

182.88 

53.19 

731.52 

60.36 

91.44 

53.47 

914.40 

70.50 

91.44 

54.47 

548.64 

56.63 

182.88 

58.53 

91.44 

70.50 

91.44 

Table  A. 5:  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  13,  14,  and  15. 


123 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  16 

RECEIVER  LOCATION  17 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (in) 

Range  (km) 

Depth  (in) 

0.0 

825. 

0.0 

824.79 

8.4 

1463. 

6.60 

1097.28 

9.0 

1463. 

8.00 

1280.16 

14.1 

1280. 

8.59 

1463.04 

16.6 

1280. 

11.65 

1463.04 

24.2 

2378. 

14.63 

1280.16 

25.8 

2378. 

16.37 

1280.16 

41.2 

958. 

19.05 

1463.04 

42.4 

1280. 

20.13 

1645.92 

47.8 

1280. 

20.93 

1828.80 

53.5 

139. 

21.58 

2011.68 

66.2 

46. 

22.22 

2194.56 

70.0 

46. 

22.87 

2377.44 

24.90 

2377.44 

25.76 

2194.56 

27.80 

2011.68 

28.82 

1828.80 

29.68 

1645.92 

31.40 

1463.04 

36.39 

1280.16 

39.24 

1097.28 

41.71 

914.40 

45.73 

731.52 

48.68 

548.64 

52.39 

365.76 

56.41 

182.88 

61.14 

91.44 

64.14 

73.15 

66.99 

54.86 

67.47 

49.93 

70.47 

49.93 

Table  A. 6:  Bathymetry  data  for  receiver  locations  16  and  17. 


121 


A.2      MPP  Ray  Traces  and  Stick  Plots 


125 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  1:   RAY  TRACE 


15.0 


22.5  30.0  37.5 

RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  A.l:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  1. 


26 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  1:   STICK  PLOT 


r- 

O" 

IT) 
m  a 

o  °> 

►J 

2° 

CO 

TRANSM 

3         87          9 

CD 
0) 

to 

r- 

i        r r         1 

i                 i 

i                         i                         T  " 

40.00     40.02         40.04         40.06         40.08         40.10         40.12 

ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


40.14         40.16  40.18         40.20 


Figure  A. 2:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  1. 


12- 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  2:   RAY  TRACE 


0.00 


14.50 


RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  A. 3:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  2. 


128 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  2:  STICK  PLOT 


c 


a2' 

m 

m  o 
o  °5' 
-j 

O  en' 

00 

m 


co' 


en 


39.390        39.394 


39.390  39.402 

ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


39.406 


39.410 


Figure  A. 4:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  2. 


29 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  4:   RAY  TRACE 


Figure  A. 5:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  4. 


130 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  4:   STICK  PLOT 


»o 


o 


s- 

co 

CO  o> 

o  °>' 

O  © 

LO 
CO 

CO 

%*■ 


n 

CD' 


09 


«o. 


45.75      45.77         45.79         45.81         45.83         45.85         45.87         45.89 

ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


45.91 


45.93 


45.95 


Figure  A. 6:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  4. 


131 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  5:   RAY  TRACE 


11.4  17.1  22.8  28.5  34.2  39.9 

RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  A. 7:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  5. 


132 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  5:   STICK  PLOT 


»fi 


o- 

S2~ 

CO  o 

5  «n 

C  o> 
CO 

TRANSM 

3          87          9 

1 

W5_ 

r-n 

i                  i                  i                 i                  i "    ' 

1                                  i                                   ! 

43.470  43.471       43.472       43.473       43.474       43.475       43.476       43.477       43.478       43.479       43.480 

ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


Figure  A. 8:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  5. 


133 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  7:   RAY  TRACE 


RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  A. 9:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  7. 


13-1 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  7:   STICK  PLOT 


«o 


© 


03  <n 

s- 

m 

O  ai' 

►J 

C  cj' 

GO 
CO 

GO 
<  £■ 


K 

H 


eo' 


28.60     28.67         28.74         28.81         28.88         28.95         29.02 

ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


29.09 


29.16         29.23 


29.30 


Figure  A. 10:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  7. 


13; 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  8:   RAY  TRACE 


RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  A.  11:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  8. 


136 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  8:  STICK  PLOT 


tf> 


o- 

o2" 

m 

m  en 

o  °> 
5  »o 

O  o 

w 

CO 

1—    — ■ 

TRANSM 

3         87          9 

1 

CO 

a 

r-n 

i 

i                 i                 i                 i                 i                 i                 i 

i 

49.720  49.736       49.752       49.768       49.784       49.800       49.816       49.832       49.848       49.864       49.880 


ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


Figure  A. 12:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  8. 


13; 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  13:   RAY  TRACE 


11.8  17.7  23.6  29.5  35.4  41.3 

RANGE  (KM) 


53.1  59.0 


Figure  A. 13:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  13. 


138 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  13:  STICK  PLOT 


m 


o 


S- 

CO 

00  o» 
O  ° 
►J 

?  »fi 

O  c. ' 

00 
CO 


CO 

5  6- 


C5 


39.60     39.61         39.62         39.63         39.64         39.65         39.66         39.67 

ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


39.68  39.69 


39.70 


Figure  A.  14:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  13- 


139 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  17:   RAY  TRACE 


RANGE  (KM) 


Figure  A.  15:  Ray  trace  for  receiver  location  17. 


40 


RECEIVER  LOCATION  17:  STICK  PLOT 


*n 


mat 

o- 

D2' 

CO 
CO  ai 

o  °> 

O    OS 

CO 
CO 

TRANSM 

3         87          9 

CO 

a 

r- 

M 

i 

1     i 

, 

^T" 

l                        i                        i 

i 

45.400  45.625   45.850   46.075   46.300   46.525   46.750   46.975   47.200   47.425   47.650 


ARRIVAL  TIME  (SEC) 


! 


Figure  A. 16:  Stick  plot  for  receiver  location  17 


Ml 


Appendix  B 

Chronologic  Summary  of 
Events  in  the  1988 
Monterey  Bay  Experiment 


The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  experiment  as  it  happened  from  the  deck 
log  of  R/V  Point  Sur.  All  dates  and  times  are  in  Pacific  Standard  Time 
(PST). 

B.l      12  December  1988 

0950  R/V  Point  Sur  underway  from  Moss  Landing.  Receiver  van  is  in  place 
on  Huckleberry  Hill. 

1150  Deployed  modified  AN/SSQ-57  buoy  at  station  B,  36°56.3'N-  122°00.5'\V 

1241  Deployed  MIUW  buoy,  station  Bl,  36o36.3'N-122o00.2'\V 

1705  Deployed  transmitter  in  870  meters  of  water  36°23.7'N-  122°17.84'W 

2013  CTD  measurement  36°23.2'N-122°17.8/W 

2204  CTD  measurement  to  1800  meters  36°31.9'N-122°17.8'W 

B.2      13  December  1988 

0013  CTD  measurement  to  155  meters  36o40.4'N-122°04.5'W 


142 


0105  CTD  measurement  to  1400  meters  36°40.4'N-122°04.4/W 

0230  Lost  contact  with  buoy  at  station  B 

0308  CTD  measurement  to  73  meters  36°48.6'N-122°57.9'W 

0357  CTD  measurement  to  800  meters  36°46.5'N-122°05.6'W 

0507  CTD  measurement  to  800  meters  36°44.7'N-122°13.3'W 

0811  Deployed  ARGOS  wave  buoy  #6249  at  36°44.3'N-122°13.3'W  but  re- 
covered buoy  after  no  radio  signal  was  received 

1033  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy,  station  L,  36°52.9'N-122°10.8"VV  in  61 
fathoms  of  water 

1151  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy,  station  J,  36°51.1'N-122o04.8'W  in  53 
fathoms  of  water 

1157  CTD  measurement  to  82  meters  36°51.0'N-122°01.5'W 

1245  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy.  station  I,  36°49.1'N-122°01.5'W  in  53 
fathoms  of  water 

1339  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy,  station  II,  36051.8'N-122057.2'W  in  50 
fathoms  of  water 

1346  CTD  measurement  to  73  meters  36°4S.5A'  -  121°57.2'W 

1452  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy,  station  G,  36°48.5Ar  -  121°57.9'W  in  53 
fathoms  of  water 

1558  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy,  station  E,  36°48.5A  -  121°52.1'W  in  45 
fathoms  of  water 

1605  CTD  measurement  to  52  meters  3C°43.6'N-122o00.6'W 

1713  Deployed  ARGOS  waves  buoy  36o43.6'N-122o00.6'W 

1805  Deployed  ARGOS  waves  buoy  36°43.9'N-122°08.6'W.  Because  of  the 
weather  forecast  for  high  winds  and  seas,  a  decision  was  made  not  to 
deploy  the  ARGOS  thermistor  string  buoys. 

1900  CTD  "yo-yo" measurements  to  600  meters  36°44.1'N-122°13.7'W 

2200  Stop  CTD  to  reposition  -  have  drifted  to  36°43.2'N-122°14.7'W 

2245  CTD  "yo-yo" measurements  to  600  meters  36°44.5'N-122°13.3'W 


143 


B.3      14  December  1988 

0000  Continue  CTD  "yo-yo" measurements  36°44.7'N-122°14.7'W 

0033  Halt  CTD  to  move  ship  (traffic  avoidance) 

0052  Resume  CTD  "yo-yo"  to  600  meters  36°14.5'N-122013.3'W 

0338  Stop  CTD  to  reposition  -  have  drifted  to  36045.9'N-122°16.7/W 

0408  CTD  "yo-yo"  measurements  to  600  meters  36044.6'N-122013.5'W 

0557  Stop  CTD  measurements  -  have  drifted  to  36°45.2'N-122°14.8'W 

0832  Returned  to  Moss  landing  to  offload  3  ARGOS  buoys  and  2  personnel. 
Remain  in  port  about  two  hours. 

1246  Replace  station  J  modified  sonobuoy  (replaced  with  malfunctioning 
buoy  repaired  by  changing  hydrophone,  original  J  buoy  recovered) 

1435  Deployed  MIUW  buoy  at  station  L-l  (repaired  by  splicing  power  con- 
nection in  electronics  package)  36°55.1'N-122o14.0'W 

1528  Deployed  modified  sonobuoy  at  station  L-2  (repair  unsuccessful  and 
buoy  recovered  at  1643) 

1542  CTD  measurement  to  80  meters  36°57.6'N-122°17.7'W 

1738  CTD  measurement  to  90  meters  36D52.8'N-122°10.7'W 

1854  CTD  measurement  to  1000  meters  36°42.9'N-122013.7'W 

2046  CTD  measurement  to  1500  meters  36°32.9'N-122°16.7'W 

2238  CTD  measurement  to  800  meters  36°23.6'N-122°17.9'W 

B.4      15  December  1988 

0055  CTD  "yo-yo"  measurement  to  600  meters  36o39.0'N-122°18.0'W 

0411  Stop  CTD  to  reposition  -  have  drifted  to  36°39.4'N-122°23.2,W.  Winds 
exceed  40  knots  for  much  of  the  night. 

0445  CTD  "yo-yo"  measurements  to  600  meters  36°38.8'N-122°18.2'W 


141 


0617  CTD  to  1200  meters 

0644  Stop  CTD  -  have  drifted  to  36°39.2'N-122022.4'W 

1138  Recovered  ARGOS  wave  buoy.  Begin  search  for  second  buoy.  Posi- 
tions are  inexact  due  to  three  hour  time  lag  in  position  report  to  ship. 
Swell  height  limits  buoy  visibility  to  about  700  meters. 

1623  Discontinue  search  for  ARGOS  buoy. 

1853  Recovered  MIUW  buoy,  station  L-l 

2007  Recovered  buoy,  station  L 

2114  Recovered  buoy,  station  J 

2148  Recovered  buoy,  station  1 

2226  Recovered  buoy,  station  h 

2257  Recovered  buoy,  station  G 

2330  Recovered  buoy,  station  E 

B.5  16  December  1988 

0134  Recovered  MIUW  buoy,  station  Bl,  Buoy  for  station  B  is  not  in  place 

0224  Stop  search  for  station  B  buoy 

0335  CTD  measurement  to  SOU  meters  36o30.6'N-122°09.7'W 

0704  Transmitted  release  signal  to  acoustic  releases  on  tomography  trans- 
mitter, no  transponder  reply  heard. 

0805  Leave  area  of  tomography  transmitter  to  look  for  ARGOS  buoy. 

1030  Recover  ARGOS  buoy 

1253  Transmitted  release  signal  to  acoustic  releases,  which  released  the 
anchor. 

1331  Transmitter  on  surface 

1421  Transmitter  recovered 

1830  Moored,  Moss  Landing 


145 


B.6      Data  Disposition 

1.  CTD  and  ADCP  data  to  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution  for 
Processing. 

2.  Tomographic  acoustic  signal  recordings  to  Naval  Postgraduate  School 
for  processing. 

3.  NDBC  and  ARGOS  buoy  data  to  National  Data  Buoy  Center  for  pro- 
cessing. 


HG 


Appendix  C 

Maximal- length  Sequences 
and  the  Fast  Hadamard 
Transform 

C.l      Introduction 

Impulsive  excitation  is  an  extremely  easy  and  useful  mathematical  tool  for 
measuring  the  impulse  response  of  a  system  or  determining  travel  time 
through  a  media.  The  problem  is  that  an  impulse  is  fairly  difficult  to  achieve 
physically.  As  the  transmitted  pulse  approaches  an  impulse,  the  required 
bandwidth  and  peak  power  of  the  transmitter  increase.  Impulsive  sound 
signals  can  be  generated  by  explosive  or  implosive  sources  but  these  have 
uneven  frequency  distribution  energy,  and  repeatability.  Another  solution 
is  to  use  pseudorandom  noise.  The  period,  frequency  distribution,  and  en- 
ergy are  deterministic  and  can  be  tailored  to  meet  system  requirements. 
The  signal  can  be  repeated  identically  for  additional  signal  processing  gain. 
Importantly,  when  sampled  and  digitized  the  signal  becomes  an  impulse  of 
much  shorter  duration  and  higher  peak  power  than  the  original  signal.  The 
method  for  generating  the  sequence  as  well  as  a  fast  method  for  processing 
the  received  signal  will  be  described  here. 

The  pseudorandom  noise  signal  is  a  binary  maximal-length  shift  register 
sequence.  The  sequence's  most  important  characteristic  its  autocorrela- 
tion, which  is  constant  except  at  a  shift  of  zero,  making  the  sequence  the 
equivalent  of  white  noise.  The  energy  at  zero  is  much  higher  than  for  each 
individual  digit,  making  it  easier  to  estimate  the  arrival  time  of  the  signal. 


ir 


Other  properties  of  maximal-length  sequences  (m-sequences)  are  detailed  by 
Ziemer  and  Peterson  [43],  including  a  list  of  polynomials  which  produce  m- 
sequences.  Not  all  shift  register  sequences  are  of  maximal-length,  only  those 
which  do  not  repeat  until  after  2n-l  delays,  where  n  is  the  number  of  delays 
in  the  shift  register. 

As  an  example  the  table  entry  for  a  maximal-length  sequence  of  degree 
three  will  be  developed  into  a  code  and  a  fast  method  for  its  autocorrelation 
will  be  examined.  Various  sources  were  used. [44, 45, 46] 

C.2      Generating  the  M-sequence 

Table  8-5  of  Ziemer  and  Peterson  [43]  lists  only  one  polynomial  for  generating 
an  m-sequence  of  degree  three.  The  length  of  the  sequence  will  be  seven 
digits.  The  listing  in  the  table  is  an  octal  representation  of  the  binary 
coefficients  of  the  generating  polynomial.  Translating  to  binary  this  becomes 

[13]s  —  [1011]2.  (CI) 

The  corresponding  polynomial  is 

g(D)  =  DZ  +  D+1,  (C.2) 

where  D  is  a  delay  of  one  unit  (D  is  three  delays).  The  shift  register  register 
realization  follows  directly  as  shown  in  Figure  C.l. 

Loading  the  initial  state  is  arbitrary  since  the  register  will  cycle  through 
all  possible  combinations  before  repeating.  For  an  initial  state  02  =  1, 
a\  =  0,  ao  =  0,  this  is  one  period  of  the  sequence  as  shown  in  Table  C.l. 

The  m-sequence  is  a  single  column  of  the  register  states.  The  character- 
istics of  the  autocorrelation  are  unaffected  by  whether  the  m-  sequence  is 
read  from  top  to  bottom  or  the  reverse,  but  the  method  for  formulating  the 
Hadamard  demodulation  does  change.  The  top  to  bottom  sequence  will  be 
designated  the  "forward"  code, 

f    1001110    forward  code  (c    . 

'  \  0111001     reverse  code.  *    '  ' 

In  use,  the  m-sequence  digits  are  transformed  by  replacing  1  with  -1  and 
0  with  1.  When  dealing  with  the  structure  and  mathematics  it  is  easier  to 
use  0  and  1  because  many  people  are  familiar  with  binary  mathematics  and 
can  more  easily  adapt  to  modulo-two  mathematics  The  received  signal  has 

148 


a2 

*i 

— ©-► 

a0 

Figure  C.l:  Shift  register  realization  of  Eq.  C.2 


Cycle 

a  2 

Q] 

ao 

1 

1 

0 

0 

2 

0 

1 

0 

3 

0 

0 

1 

4 

1 

0 

1 

5 

1 

1 

1 

6 

1 

1 

0 

7 

0 

1 

1 

8 

1 

0 

0 

Table  C.l:  Shift  register  contents  when  generating  M-sequence. 


1-19 


an  unknown  time  delay  and  so  must  be  correlated  with  all  possible  shifts  of 
the  code.  Let  the  seven  shifted  sequences  form  the  matrix  M: 

10  0  1110 

0  10  0  111 

10  10  0  11 

10  0  1 


M  = 


1   1  0 
1110  10  0 
0  1110  10 
.0011101. 


(C4) 


When  this  matrix  and  the  code  are  transformed  to  +  and  -l's  ,  multiplying 
the  signal  by  the  matrix  will  result  in  the  correlation, 


Rsm  =  MS. 


(C.5) 


This  is  the  entire  goal  of  the  initial  signal  processing,  all  that  remains  is  to 
develop  a  fast,  efficient  algorithm  to  accomplish  this  multiplication. 

C.3      The  Hadamard  Matrix 

To  describe  the  fast  algorithm,  it  is  necessary  to  introduce  the  Hadamard 
matrix.  The  Sylvester-type  Hadamard  Matrix  has  a  recursive  form  for  higher 
orders  given  by 

Hi=[l],ff2i       ^       Hi 


The  third  degree  matrix  II  is 


Hi     -Hi 


(C6) 


H  = 


1 

1 

1 

1 

-1 

-1 

-1 

-] 

' 

I    -1 

-] 

[    -] 

[     -1 

-1 

.     -1 

(C.7) 


150 


or,  represented  by  ones  and  zeros, 


H  = 


00000000 
0  10  10  10  1 
0  0  110  0  11 
0  110  0  110 

1 


(C.8) 


0  0  0  0  111 

0  10  110  10 

0  0  11110  0 

0  110  10  0  1 

One  way  to  form  the  matrix  is  by  multiplying  matrices  formed  of  the  binary 
'counting'  matrix  from  0  to  7, 

0  0  0 

0  0  1 

0  1  0 

0  1  1 

1  0  0 
1  0  1 
1  1  0 

1    1    u 

The  matrix  M  can  be  factored  in  the  same  fashion,  but  not  as  simply.  Form 
the  first  matrix  B  from  the  successive  contents  of  the  shift  register,  but  bit 
reversed  (from  right  to  left)and  in  reverse  order  (from  bottom  to  top).  The 
original  order  is  then  preserved  by  shifting  the  rows  of  the  matrix  to  bring 
the  3x3  identity  matrix  to  the  top, 


H  =  AAT  = 


0  0  0  0  1111 
0  0  110  0  11 
0     10     10     10     1 


(C.9) 


B  = 


1 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

1 

(CIO) 


Form  the  second  matrix  C  from  three  shifted  versions  of  the  m-sequence 


c  = 


10  0  1110 
0  10  0  111 
10     10     0     11 


(C.ll) 


151 


It  is  easy  to  verify  that 

BC=M.  (C12) 

Note  that  M,B)  and  C  matrices  must  be  expanded  by  a  leading  row  and/or 
column  of  zeros  to  be  of  the  proper  size.  The  new  matrices  will  be  denoted 
with  a  prime.  If  mapping  matrices  can  be  found  such  that  QA  =  B'  and 
A*P  —  C .  then  the  same  matrices  will  map  the  Hadamard  matrix  to  the 
m-  sequence  matrix 

M'  =  B'C'  =  QAA'P  =  QHP.  (C13) 

Recall  that  the  correlation  for  the  signal  with  the  output  code  is  given 
by  multiplication,  Eq.  C5,  which  now  becomes 

Km  =  M'S1.  (C.14) 

(S'  because  the  leading  zeros  must  be  added.  )  Combining  Eqs.  C.13  and 
C.14  results  in 

R'am  =  QHPS'.  (C.15) 

This  gives  the  signal  correlation  that  is  required.  The  initial  entry  is  removed 
to  change  R'sm  to  Rsm  . 

C.4      Input   and   Output   Vector  Order  Permuta- 
tion 

The  matrices  P  and  Q  must  be  found  such  that  QA  =  B'  and  AfP  =  C .  A 
natural  index  for  each  row  or  column  is  its  equivalent  octal  value  since  the 
values  range  from  0  to  7  and  do  not  repeat  as  shown  in  Figure  C.4. 
The  permutation  matrices  will  have  ones  in  the  following  positions: 

Q  row  0     12    3    4    5    6     7 

Q  column     0    4     2     16    3     7     5 

(C16) 
P  row  0    5    2     14     6    7     3 

P  column     0     12     3    4    5    6    7. 

These  indices  are  important.  With  the  indices,  the  matrices  do  not  have 
to  be  constructed.  The  'multiplication'  by  the  permutation  matrices  is  ac- 
complished by  shuffling  the  order  of  the  signal  vector,  rather  than  direct 
multiplication,  as  shown  in  Figure  C.2.  Note  that  no  multiplications  are 
required,  only  the  reordering.  For  a  given  code  the  permutations  can  be 
evaluated  once  and  the  result  stored  as  an  index  array  to  be  applied  to  each 
vector. 


152 


AT  = 


A  = 


0   0   0 

0 

0   0    1 

1 

0    1    0 

2 

0    1    1 

3 

1    0   0 

4 

1    0    1 

5 

1    1    0 

6 

1  1  1 

7 

0  0   0   0    1111 

0  0    110    0    11 

0  10    10    10    1 

0  12   3   4    5   6   7 


B'  = 


C  = 


0  0   0 

0 

1    0   0 

4 

0   1    0 

2 

0   0   1 

1 

1    1    0 

6 

0   1    1 

3 

1  1  1 

7 

1   0   1 

5 

0  10   0    1110 

0  0   10   0    111 

0  10    10   0    11 

0  5   2    14   6   7   3 


Figure  C.2:  Indices  formed  from  matrix  octal  equivalents. 


153 


C.5      The  Fast  Hadamard  Transform 

There  exists  an  efficient  method  of  performing  the  multiplication  by  the 

Hadamard  matrix.   If  a  vector  is  multiplied  by  the  Hadamard  matrix  (the 

normal  Hadamard  matrix  of  {+1,  —  1}).    The  result  is  a  vector  of  sums  of 

all  the  components  of  the  vector  with  various  +  and  -  weighting.   Define  a 

vector  V  such  that 

"  a 


V  = 


c 
d 
e 
f 
9 
h 

After  multiplying  this  by  the  Hadamard  matrix  the  vector  becomes 


(C.17) 


HV  = 


1       1-1-1       1       1-1-1 

"a" 

6 

c 

d 

e 

f 

9 
.h. 

(C.18) 


HV  = 


"a 

+ 

6 

+ 

c 

+ 

d 

+ 

e 

+ 

/ 

+ 

9 

+ 

h' 

a 

- 

b 

+ 

c 

- 

d 

+ 

t 

- 

/ 

+ 

9 

- 

h 

a 

+ 

6 

- 

c 

- 

d 

+ 

e 

+ 

/ 

- 

9 

- 

h 

a 

- 

b 

- 

c 

+ 

d 

+ 

e 

- 

/ 

- 

9 

+ 

h 

a 

+ 

b 

+ 

c 

+ 

d 

- 

e 

- 

/ 

- 

9 

- 

h 

a 

- 

b 

+ 

c 

- 

d 

- 

t 

+ 

/ 

- 

9 

+ 

h 

a 

+ 

b 

- 

c 

- 

d 

- 

e 

- 

/ 

+ 

9 

+ 

h 

.a 

- 

b 

- 

c 

+ 

d 

- 

e 

+ 

/ 

+ 

9 

- 

h. 

(C.19) 


When  calculating  correlations,  let  a  =  0  so  that  no  new  information  is 
added.  The  zeroth  position  result  is  the  sum  of  all  the  elements  of  the  code 
and  is  therefore  equal  to  the  DC  pedestal.  This  pedestal  can  be  removed  by 
subtracting  this  sum  of  all  elements,  or  not,  depending  on  the  application. 
Compare  this  result  to  the  result  using  a  flow  diagram  identical  to  the  pro- 


151 


P  column 

Prow 

S« 

becomes 

PS' 

0 

0 

So 

Go 

1 

5 

Si 

G5 

2 

2 

S2 

G2 

3 

1 

S3 

Gi 

4 

4 

S4 

G4 

5 

6 

s5 

G6 

6 

7 

s6 

G7 

7 

3 

S7 

G3 

Orow 

O  column 

F=HPS' 

becomes 

R=OHPS' 

0 

0 

F0 

Ro 

1 

4 

F4 

Ri 

2 

2 

F2 

R2 

3 

1 

Fi 

R3 

4 

6 

F6 

R4 

5 

3 

F3 

R5 

6 

7 

F7 

R6 

7 

5 

F5 

R7 

Table  C.2:  Re-ordering  of  input  and  output  vectors  according  to  the  per- 
mutation matrices  P  and  Q.  For  the  input  vector,  let  C  -  PS'  and  for  the 
output  vector,  let  F  =  H PS' ■ 


155 


cedure  used  with  the  Fast  Fourier  Transform,  except  that  all  the  'twiddle' 
factors  are  equal  to  one,  Figure  C.3. 

The  result  of  the  Fast  Hadamard  Transform  is  the  same  as  for  multi- 
plication. The  algorithm  used  for  the  Fast  Fourier  Transform  is  trivialized 
in  this  case  -  there  is  no  bit  reversal  or  multiplication  by  a  phase  factor. 
Because  the  method  requires  only  additions,  the  exact  computational  speed 
increase  is  difficult  to  calculate.  (The  speed  improvement  for  FFT  over  DFT 
is  usually  calculated  by  comparing  the  number  of  multiplications  required) 
The  'multiplication'  by  P  and  Q  has  been  replaced  by  reordering,  so  that 
there  is  no  multiplication  required.  The  speed  of  execution  now  depends 
on  other  statements  in  the  program  as  well  as  the  correlation  because  loop 
increments  and  tests  for  completion  may  take  as  long  as  the  additions. 

C.6      Using  the  Reverse  Code 

The  permutation  matrices  for  the  reverse  code  are  found  in  a  slightly  dif- 
ferent way.  The  matrix  B  is  found  from  the  contents  of  the  shift  register 
directly,  not  bit  reversed  and  in  reverse  order  as  for  the  forward  code.  The 
matrix  C  is  formed  by  shifting  the  code  to  the  left  (vice  right).  The  permu- 
tation indices  are  determined  and  used  in  the  same  fashion  as  before. 

C.7      Correlation  Procedure 

The  procedure  for  performing  the  correlation  can  now  be  summarized  in  five 
straightforward  steps: 

1.  Augment  the  signal  vector  S  by  adding  a  zero  in  the  zeroth  position. 

2.  Permute  the  vector  according  to  P. 

3.  Perform  the  Fast  Hadamard  Transform. 

4.  Permute  the  resulting  vector  according  to  Q. 

5.  Remove  the  zeroth  entry. 


15G 


Basic  Element 


B 


A  +  B 


A-B 


a 
b 
c 
d 

e 
f 

g 

h 


a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h 
a-b+c-d+e-f+g-h 
a+b-c-d+e+f-g-h 
a-b-c+d+e-f-g+h 
a+b+c+d-e-f-g-h 
a-b+c-d-e+f-g+h 
a+b-c-d-e-f+g+h 
a-b-c+d-e+f+g-h 


Figure  C.3:  Basic  Fast  Hadamard  Transform  element  for  cascading  additions 
and  the  full  diagram  for  an  eight  point  FHT. 


157 


C.8     Example 

Consider  the  first  and  third  rows  of  the  m-sequence  matrix  as  input  signals: 

first  third 

1001110  1010011 

Transform  to  {— 1,+1}.  The  result  is  the  signal  vector  S  as  would  be  re- 
ceived. 

-111-1-1-11  -11-111     -1     -1 

Add  beginning  0 

0-111-1-1-11         o-ll-lll-l-l 
Permute  according  to  P 

0     111-1-1-1-1         0-11-11-11-1 

Perform  Fast  Hadamard  Transform  (can  be  done  in  this  case  by  comparing 
to  rows  in  the  Hadamard  matrix  for  a  match) 

-1     -1     -1     -1     7     -1     -1     -1         -1     7     -1     -1     -1     -1     -1     -1 
Permute  according  to  Q 

-1     7     -1     -1     -1     -1     -1     -1         -1     -1     -1     7     -1     -1     -1     -1 

Remove  the  zeroth  element 

7     -1     -1     -1     -1     -1     -1  -1     -1     7     -1     -1     -1     -1 

As  expected,  the  correlation  produces  a  peak  in  the  first  and  third  positions, 
respectively. 

C.9      Summary 

When  performing  the  correlation  of  a  signal  and  the  m-sequence  using  the 
Fast  Hadamard  Transform  and  a  quadrature  demodulation  system  the  real 
and  imaginary  components  of  the  signal  are  correlated  separately  and  later 
combined  for  magnitude  and  phase.  Note  that  the  FHT  only  works  on  one 

158 


sample  per  digit  of  the  m-sequence  in  the  signal.  For  improved  accuracy  in 
estimating  the  arrival  time  of  the  impulse,  it  is  valuable  to  sample  at  a  higher 
frequency.  This  may  also  allow  digital  filtering.  The  sampling  frequency 
should  be  an  integer  multiple  of  the  code  clock  rate  (also  known  as  the 
"chip"  rate).  The  data  samples  should  then  be  decimated  into  records  at 
the  code  clock  frequency  so  that  they  are  again  one  sample  per  digit.  After 
the  FHT  correlation  the  data  interleaves  are  recombined  to  their  original 
positions.  For  example,  if  a  code  clocked  at  16  Hz  is  sampled  at  64  Hz,  then 
4  separate  correlations  will  have  to  be  performed  on  each  of  the  in-phase 
and  quadrature  channels.  The  FHT  correlation  is  still  much  faster  than 
using  DFT  or  FFT  methods,  or  matrix  multiplies.  The  result  of  the  FHT 
correlation  in  the  case  of  data  sampled  at  higher  than  the  code  clock  rate 
is  not  the  same  as  for  conventional  correlation.  In  an  ideal  case,  each  of 
the  interleaves  will  produce  an  output  peak  of  equal  magnitude,  resulting 
in  a  'flat-topped'  correlation  peak,  vice  a  'pointy'  correlation  peak.  The 
estimation  of  travel  time  must  look  for  this  shape,  rather  than  the  'point'. 


159 


Appendix  D 

Additional  Data  for  Station 
J 

D.l      Hadamard  Transformed  Acoustic  Signal 


160 


Slgnol     Mogn  Ltud©     Squored  StotLon     J     1 4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00      1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  q  u  e  n  c  e     Re  p  It  It  Ion     T I me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.l:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  1317  to  1419  14DEC88.  High  ambient  noise  at  the 
start  is  from  the  R/V  Point  Sur  after  deploying  buoy. 


161 


Slgnol   Megn  Ltudo  Squorod     Station  J  1 4DEC88 


0.00   0.25   0.50   0.75   1.00   1.25   1.50   1.75 
Se  quence  Rep  It  It  Ion  T  I  me  (  seconds) 


Figure  D.2:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  1419to  1521  14DEC88. 


162 


Slgnol      Megn   Ltud©     Squor©d  Stotlon      J     1 4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75      1.00       1.25       1.50      1.75 
Se  q  u  e  n  c  e     Re  pit  It  Ion     T  I  me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.3:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  1521  to  1623  14DEC88. 


1C3 


Slgnol  Mogn  Itudo  Squared 


on      J     14DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Rep  It  It  Ion     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.4:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  1623  to  1725  14DEC88. 


164 


Slgnol      Mogn   LtudG     Squored  Station      J     1 4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25      1.50      1.75 
Se  quence     Re  p  It  It  Ion       f  I  me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.5:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  1725  to  1827  14DEC88. 


1G5 


Signal      Mognltude     SquorGd  Slot  Ion     J     1 4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  q  u  e  n  c  e     Re  p  It  It  Ion     T  Lme     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.6:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1827  to  1929  14DEC88.  Signal  cutoff  is  due  to 
tape  change. 


166 


Slgnel     MegnLtudo     Squofred  Slot  Ion     J    1 4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Rep  It  It  Ion     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.7:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1957  to  2059  14DEC88.  The  previous  hour  is 
included  as  Figure  12  on  page  58.  Note  that  the  arrival  structure  is  shifted 
for  data  from  a  new  tape. 


167 


Slgnel      Mogn  Uudo     Squerod  Station     J    1 4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  quence     Rep  It  It  Ion     T  I  me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.8:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  2059  to  2201  14DEC88. 


168 


Slgnol      Mogn   Uudo     SqJfcred  Slot  Ion      J     1  4DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25      1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Rep  It  It  Ion     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.9:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  2201  to  2303  14DEC88. 


169 


Sign  el      tiegn   llud©     Sq 


Slot  Ion      J     14DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  quence     Rep  It  It  Ion     T I me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.10:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  2303  14DEC88  to  0005  15DEC88. 


170 


Signal   Mogn  ItudG  Squored     Station   J  1 4DEC88 


0.00   0.25   0.50   0.75   1.00   1.25   1.50   1.75 
Se  quence  Rep  It  It  Ion  T I me  (  seconds) 


Figure  D.ll:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0005  to  0107  15DEC88.  Note  that  computer 
generated  time  scale  is  extended  past  0000  for  convenience  in  processing. 
The  reason  for  signal  cutoff  is  that  the  end  of  the  tape  was  reached. 


171 


Slgnol     Magnitude     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  q  u  e  n  c  e     Re  petition     T  I  me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.12.  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0052  to  0154  15DEC88.  Note  that  the  arrival 
structure  is  shifted  because  of  the  start  of  a  new  tape. 


172 


Slgnol     Mogn  Itude     Squored       StotLon     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50      1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.13:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  timesthen  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  0154  to  0256  15DEC88. 


173 


Signal     Mogn  Ltude     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


Q- 

a> 
o 

3 

a 


CO 

— I 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50      1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.14:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0256  to  0358  15DEC88. 


174 


Slgnol     Mogn  Itude    Squared       StotLon     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00      1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition      Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.15:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0358  to  0500  15DEC88.  High  scattering  and 
ambient  noise  were  present  at  this  time  because  of  high  winds  (the  worst 
windstorm  of  the  year  to  hit  the  central  California  coast). 


ro 


Signal     Magnitude    Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75      1.00      1.25      1.50      1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.16:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0500  to  0602  15DEC88.  High  ambient  noise  and 
high  scattering  continue  from  windstorm. 


170 


Signal     Mogn  Ltu.de     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00       0.25       0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  quence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.17:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0602  to  0704  15DEC88.  The  reason  for  signal 
cutoff  is  that  the  end  of  the  tape  was  reached. 


Signal     Magnitude     Squared       Ste 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.18:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0647  to  0749  15DEC88.  The  reason  for  the 
increased  amplitude  is  unknown.  Note  that  the  arrival  structure  is  shifted 
at  the  start  of  the  new  tape. 


178 


Slgnel     Magnitude     Squared       Station     J 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.19:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0749  to  0851  15DEC88. 


179 


Slgnel     Magn  Itude     Squored       Stot 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  q  u  e  n  c  e     Re  petition     T  I  me     (  seconds) 


Figure  D.20:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0851  to  0953  15DEC88. 


180 


Slgnol     Magn  Itude     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00       0.25       0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition      Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.21:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  0953  to  1055  15DEC88. 


181 


Signal     Mognltude     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition      Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.22:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1055  to  1157  15DEC88. 


18: 


Slgnel     Mogn  Ltude    Squared       Station     J    1 SDEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75      1.00      1.25      1.50      1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.23:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  magni- 
tude squared.  Station  J,  1157  to  1259  15DEC88.  The  reason  for  the  signal 
cutoff  is  that  the  end  of  the  tape  was  reached. 


183 


Signal     Negn  Itude     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25      1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.24:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1226  to  1328  15DEC88.  Note  that  the  arrival 
structure  is  shifted  at  the  start  of  the  new  tape. 


184 


Signet     Megn  itude     Squared        Stotlon     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00       0.25       0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Se  que  nee     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.25:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1328  to  1430  15DEC88. 


185 


Signal     Magnitude     Squared       Station     J    1 5DEC88 


0.00      0.25      0.50      0.75       1.00       1.25       1.50       1.75 
Sequence     Repetition     Time     (seconds) 


Figure  D.26:  Tomographic  signal,  coherently  averaged  16  times  then  mag- 
nitude squared.  Station  J,  1430  to  1532  15DEC88.  Signal  cutoff  is  due  to 
buov  failure. 


186 


D.2      Arrival  Time  and  Surface  Wave  Spectra 


is; 


Arrival  Time  Power  Spectrum 
Station  J  14DEC88  2107  PST 


v. 

C 

Q 
« 

u 
o 

C 

o 

E 


0.1  0.15 

Frequency  (Hz) 


0.25 


Figure  D.27:  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from  2.2 
hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,  2001  to  2213  14DEC88  PST. 


188 


N 

i 
5 

u 
O) 

o 
<-» 

t: 

C 

CJ 
CD 


35 
30 
25 
20 
15 
10 


U.00 


Sea  Surface  Spectrum 
NDBC  Buoy  14DEC88  2100  PST 


• 

■ 

■ 

• 

■ 

■ 

■ 

1               "■ 

0.05  0.10  0.15 

Frequency  (Hz) 


0.20 


0.25 


Significant  Wave  Height  3.54  m 
Average  Period    9.11  sec 
Dominant  Period  12.50  sec 
Dominant  Direction  314  N 


Figure  D.28:  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay.  Data  is  from 
the  NDBC  buoy  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz,  2100  14DEC88  PST. 


189 


Arrival  Time  Power  Spectrum 
Station  J 14DEC88  2213  PST 


K 


c 
o 

C 

u 
c/5 


£ 


0.01 
0.008 
0  006 

0.004 

0.002 

0 

0 


0.05 


0.1 


0.15 


0.2 


0.25 


Frequency  (Hz) 


Figure  D.29:  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from  2.2 
hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,  2107  to  2319  14DEC88  PST. 


190 


35 
|    30 

i    25 
£    20- 

09 


10 


0 
0.00 


Sea  Surface  Spectrum 
NDBC  Buoy  14DEC88  2200  PST 


0.05  0.10  0.15 

Frequency  (Hz) 


0.20 


0.25 


Significant  Wave  Height  4.10  m 
Average  Period     9.67  sec 
Dominant  Period  12.50  sec 
Dominant  Direction  308  N 


Figure  D.30:  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay.  Data  is  from 
the  NDBC  buoy  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz,  2200  14DEC88  PST. 


191 


Arrival  Time  Power  Spectrum 
Station  J  14DEC88  2319  PST 


C 
o 

Q 
u 
o 

c 


0.25 


Frequency  (Hz) 


Figure  D.31:  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  Spectrum  from  1.9 
hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,2213  14DEC88  to  0005  15DEC88  PST. 


192 


^^ 

35 

N 

a 

5 

30 

6 

25 

2 

20 

O* 

en 

o 
u 

15 

re 

VM 

J-i 

3 

10 

W 

TO 

5 

0 

0.00 


Sea  Surface  Spectrum 
NDBC  Buoy  14DEC88  2300  PST 


0.05 


0.10 


0.15 


0.20 


0.25 


Frequency  (Hz) 


Significant  Wave  Height  3.85  m 
Average  Period     936  sec 
Dominant  Period  12.50  sec 
Dominant  Direction  321  N 


Figure  D.32:  Surface  wave  power  spectrum  in  Monterey  Bay.  Data  is  from 
the  NDBC  buoy  southwest  of  Santa  Cruz,  2300  14DEC88  PST. 


193 


Arrival  Time  Power  Spectrum 
Station  J    14DEC88  2130  PST 


N 


CJ 


C 

o 

Q 

u 

c 

CO 
CJ 

E 


0.01 


0.008 


0.006 


0.004 


0.002 


0.25 


Frequency  (Hz) 


Spectrum  from  5.2  hours  of  Arrival  Time  Series,  1855 
14DEC88  to  0005  15DEC88  PST 


Figure  D.33:  Arrival  time  power  spectrum  for  Station  J.  This  spectrum  was 
generated  using  the  segmented  FFT  method  on  the  data  from  an  entire  6 
hour  tape  (the  maximum  length  time  series  without  tape-to-tape  synchro- 
nization). 


194 


Bibliography 


[6] 
P 

[9 
[10 


Spindel,  R.C,  "Ocean  Acoustic  Tomography:  A  Review,"  Current 
Practices  and  New  Technology  in  Ocean  Engineering,  v.  11,  pp.  7-13, 

1986. 

The  Ocean  Tomography  Group,  ''A  Demonstration  of  Ocean  Acoustic 
Tomography,"  Nature,  v.  299,  pp.  121-125,  1982. 

Munk,  W.  and  Wunsch,  C.,  "Ocean  Acoustic  Tomography:  A  Scheme 
for  Large  Scale  Monitoring,"  Dtep-Sea  Research,  v.  26A,  pp.  123-161, 

1979. 

Sound  Transmission  through  a  Fluctuating  Ocean,  ed.  Flatte,  Stanley, 
pp.  3-61,  Cambridge  University  Press,  1979 

Spindel,  Robert  C.,  "Signal  Processing  in  Ocean  Tomography,"  Adap- 
tive Methods  in  Underwater  Acoustics,  ed.  H.G.  Urban,  pp.  687-710. 
D.  Reidel  Publishing  Company,  1985. 

Kinsler,  L.E.,  Frey.  A.R..  Coppens.  A.,  and  Sanders.  J.  ,  Fundamentals 
of  Acoustics,  3rd  ed.,  pp.  117-120,  John  Wiley  &,  Sons,  1982. 

Liebelt.  P.B..  An  Introduction  to  Optimal  Estimation,  Addison-Wesley, 
Reading,  MA,  1907. 

Franklin.  J.N.,  "Well-posed  stochastic  extensions  of  ill-posed  linear 
problems,"  J.  Math.  Anal.  Appi,  v.  31,  pp.  682-716,  1970. 

Jackson,  D.D..  "Interpretation  of  inaccurate,  insufficient,  and  inconsis- 
tent data."  Geophys.  J.  R.  Astr.  Soc,  v.  28,  pp.  97-109,  1972. 

Jordan.  T.H.  and  Franklin.  J.N.,  "Optimal  solutions  to  a  linear  inverse 
problem  in  geophysics,"  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  68,  pp.  291-293, 
1971. 


195 


[11]  Provost,  C.,  A  Variational  Method  for  Estimating  the  General  Circu- 
lation in  the  Ocean,  PhD  Thesis,  University  of  California,  San  Diego, 
1983. 

[12]  Menke,  William,  Geophysical  Data  Analysis:  Discrete  Inverse  Theory, 
pp.  35  -160,  Academic  Press,  1984. 

[13]  Smethie,  Jr.,  W.M.,  Some  Aspects  of  the  Temperature,  Oxygen,  and  Nu- 
trient Distributions  m  Monterey  Bay,  California,  Moss  Landing  Marine 
Laboratories  Technical  Publication  73-01,  1973. 

[14]  Broenkow,  W.W.  and  W.  M.  Smethie,  Jr.,  "Surface  Circulation  and 
Replacement  of  Water  in  Monterey  Bay,"  Estuarine  and  Coastal  Marine 
Science,  v.  6,  pp.  583-603,  1978. 

[15]  Lasley,  S.  R.,  "Hydrographic  Changes  in  Monterey  Bay  Surface  Waters 
in  Relation  to  Nearshore  Circulation,"  M.A.  Thesis,  San  Jose  State 
University,  San  Jose.  CA,  May.  1977. 

[16]  Engineering-Science.  Inc.,  Monterey  Peninsula  Water  Pollution  Control 
Agency  Interim  Report  No.  J,.  Draft  Oceanographic  Predesign  Report 
Volume  1,  pp.II21-II53,  October,  1976. 

[17]  Shepard,  F.P.  and  Emery,  K.O.,  Submarine  Topography  off  the  Califor- 
nia Coast:  Canyons  and  Tectonic  Interpretation.  Geological  Society  of 
America,  pp.  72-79.  1941. 

[18]  Scholl,  D.W.  and  others,  "The  Structure  and  Origin  of  the  Large  Sub- 
marine Canyons  of  the  Bering  Sea."  Marine  Geology,  v. 8(3/4),  pp. 187- 
210,  1970. 

[19]  Shepard,  F.P.  and  Dill.  R.F.,  Submarine  Canyons  and  Other  Sea  Val- 
leys, pp.  81-90.  223-231,  343-345,  Rand  McNally  and  Company,  1966. 

[20]  Normack.  W.R..  "Growth  Patterns  of  Deep-Sea  Fans,"  Am.  Assoc,  of 
Petrol.  Geol.  Bull.,  v.  54(11),  pp.  2187-2192,  1970. 

[21]  Combellick.  R.A.,  and  Osborne,  R.H.,  "Sources  and  Petrology  of  Beach 
Sand  from  Southern  Monterey  Bay,  California,"  J.  Sedim.  Petrol.,  v. 
47(2),  pp.  891-907,  1977. 

[22]  Welday,  E.E..  and  Williams,  J.W.,  Offshore  Surficial  Geologic  Map  of 
California,  Map  Sheet  26.  1975. 

196 


[23]  Shepard,  F.P.  and  others,  Currents  in  Submarine  Canyons  and  Other 
Sea  Valleys,  pp.  14-51,  78-95,  The  American  Association  of  Petroleum 
Geologists,  1979. 

[24]  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  and  the  California  Department  of  Boat- 
ing and  Waterways,  Coastal  Data  Information  Program,  Monthly  Sum- 
mary Report  #  143  (December  1981),  6  January  1988. 

[25]  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  and  the  California  Department  of  Boat- 
ing and  Waterways,  Coastal  Data  Information  Program,  Twelfth  An- 
nual Report,  January  1987  through  December  1987,  by  R.J.  Seymour, 
D.  Castel,  and  J.O.  Thomas,  19  May  1988. 

[26]  Clay,  C.S.  and  Medwin,  H.,  Acoustical  Oceanography:  Principles  and 
Applications,  pp.  11  -  16,  78-79  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1977. 

[27]  Shea,  R.E.,  and  Broenkow,  W.W.,  "The  Role  of  Internal  Tides  in  the 
Nutrient  Enrichment  of  Monterey  Bay,  California,'*  Estuarine,  Coastal 
and  Shelf  Science,  v.  15,  pp. 56-66,  1982. 

[28]  Shepard,  F.P.,  "Progress  of  Internal  Waves  Along  Submarine  Canyons," 
Marine  Geology,  v.  19,  pp.  131-138,  1975. 

[29]   Bascom,  William.  Waves  and  Beaches,  pp.  5  -  73,  Anchor  Books,  1980. 

[30]  Miller,  J.H.,  Lynch,  J.F.,  and  Chiu,  C.S.,  "Estimation  of  Sea  Surface 
Spectra  using  Acoustic  Tomography'" ,  J.  Acoust.  Soc.  Am.,  86(1)  pp. 
326-  345,  July  1989. 

[31]  Sparton  Defense  Electronics  ASW  Technical  Center,  Operation  Manual 
for  Mobile  Inshore  Underwater  Warfare  Moored  Sensor  Buoy  AN/SSQ- 
58,  (7938-OPMAN-l),  Sparton  Corporation,  Jackson,  MI. 

[32]  Naval  Air  Systems  Command,  Sonobuoy  Instructional  Manual, 
(NAVAIR  28-SSQ-500-1),  Naval  Weapons  Support  Center,  Crane,  IN. 

[33]  Steele,  Kenneth  E.,  Lau,  JC,  and  Hsu,  Y.L.,  "Theory  and  Application 
of  Calibration  Techniques  for  an  NDBC  Directional  Wave  Measure- 
ments Buoy,"  IEEE  Journal  of  Oceanic  Engineering,  v.  OE-10,  no.  4. 
October  1985. 

[34]  Collecte  Localisation  Satellites,  ARGOS  Location  and  Data  Collection 
System,  C.L.S.,  Toulouse,  France.  July  1987. 


19: 


[35]  Ocean  Data  Systems,  Inc.,  Multiple  Profile  Restructuring  and  Supple- 
mental Plot  Programs,  by  G.  Jacobs,  30  June  1974. 

[36]  Van  Trees,  Harry  L.,  Detection,  Estimation  and  Modulation  Theory, 
Part  I,  pp.  273-287,  John  Wiley  k  Sons,  1968. 

[37]  Press,  William  H.  and  others,  Numerical  Recipes,  The  Art  of  Scientific 
Computing,  pp.  86-89,  Cambridge  University  Press,  1986. 

[38]  Bendat,  Julius  S.  and  Piersol,  Allan  G.,  Random  Data:  Analysis  and 
Measurement  Procedures,  pp.  314  -  365,  John  Wiley  &:  Sons,  1971. 

[39]  U.  S.  Naval  Oceanographic  Office,  Integrated  Command  ASW  Predic- 
tion Systems  (1CAPS),  NSTL,  Bay  St.  Louis,  MS. 

[40]  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration,  Nautical  Chart  of 
Point  Sur  to  San  Francisco,  24th  ed.,  DMA  Stock  No.  18ACO18680. 
21  February  1987. 

[41]  Jones,  R.M,  Riley,  J. P.,  and  Georges,  T.M.,  HARPO:  A  Versa- 
tile Three- Dimensional  Hamiltonian  Ray-Tracing  Program  for  Acoustic 
Waves  in  an  Ocean  with  Irregular  Bottom,  NOAA  Wave  Propagation 
Laboratory,  Boulder.  CO.  October,  1986. 

[42]  Newhall,  A.E.,  Lynch.  J.F.,  Chiu,  C.S.,  and  Daugherty.  J.R.,  "Improve- 
ments in  Three-Dimensional  Raytracing  Codes  for  Underwater  Acous- 
tics/" ms.  submitted  to  IMACS,  April,  1989. 

[43]  Ziemer,  Rodger  E.  and  Peterson,  Rodger  1.,  Digital  Communications 
and  Spread  Spectrum  Systems,  pp.  385-404,  Macmillan  Publishing  Com- 
pany, 1985. 

[44]  Birdsall,  Ted,  letter  dated  27  May  1987,  "My  Introduction  to  Hadamard 
Processes  for  M-Sequences." 

[45]  Cohn,  Martin  and  Lempel,  Abraham,  "On  Fast  M-Sequence  Trans- 
forms." IEEE  Transactions  on  Information  Theory,  pp.  135  -  137,  Jan- 
uary 1976. 

[46]  Borish,  Jeffrey  and  Angell,  James,  "An  Efficient  Algorithm  for  Measur- 
ing the  Impulse  Response  Using  Pseudorandom  Noise.'"  J.  Audio  Eng. 
Soc,  v.  31,  No.  7,  pp.  478  -  488,  July/August  1983. 


198 


INITIAL  DISTRIBUTION  LIST 

No.  Copies 

1.  Dr.  Richard  Barber  8 
Monterey  Bay  Aquarium  Research  Institute 

160  Central  Avenue 
Pacific  Grove,  CA  93950 

2.  Defense  Technical  Information  Center  2 
Cameron  Station 

Alexandria,  Virginia  22314-6145 

3.  Library,  Code  0142  2 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 

Monterey,  California  93943-5002 

4.  Prof.  James  H.  Miller,  Code  62Mr  10 
Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey,  CA  93943 

5.  LT  Robert  C  Dees,  USN  1 
207  Lauber  Lane 

Derby.  KS  67037 

6.  Prof.  Soenke  Paulsen,  Code  62Pa  1 
Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey.  CA  93943 

7.  Mrs.  Theresa  Rowan,  Code  742  1 
Naval  Training  Systems  Center 

12350  Research  Parkway 
Orlando,  FL  32826 


199 


8.  Laura  L.  Ehret,  Code  62Eh 

Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey,  CA  93943 

9.  Prof.  Timothy  Stanton,  Code  68St 
Department  of  Oceanography 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey,  CA  93943 

10.  Prof.  Edward  Thornton,  Code  68Tm 
Department  of  Oceanography 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey,  CA  93943 

11.  Prof.  Lawrence  J.  Ziomek,  Code  62Zm 
Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 

Monterey,  CA  93943 

12.  Prof.  John  P.  Powers.  Code  62 
Chairman 

Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey.  CA  93943 

13.  Director  of  Research,  Code  012 
Naval  Postgraduate  School 
Monterey.  CA  93943 


200 


U244574 


DUDLEY  KNOX  LIBRARY 


3  2768  00395685  5